Insidious Meme

Why Did Epstein Need To Blackmail Stephen Hawking – 01-05-2024

Why Did Epstein Need To Blackmail Stephen Hawking - 01-05-2024

Why Did Epstein Need To Blackmail Stephen Hawking - 01-05-2024

Episode Summary:

In the document titled "Why Did Epstein Need To Blackmail Stephen Hawking," the author, Supsicious Observer, delves into the puzzling inclusion of Stephen Hawking in the infamous Epstein list. The document begins by establishing the known fact of Hawking’s presence at Epstein Island and questions the motive behind Epstein's need to control the renowned physicist. The primary theory revolves around Hawking's knowledge and his potential influence on critical subjects such as God, the universe, energy, and Earth's disaster cycle.

Hawking was known for his public warnings about impending global catastrophes, ranging from asteroid impacts to overpopulation. Initially, his concerns included Earth's magnetic field and solar influence, but after his association with Epstein, his public discourse shifted more towards mainstream concerns like climate change and overpopulation. The document implies that this shift could have been a result of Epstein's influence, suggesting that Hawking's original focus might have been suppressed or redirected.

The document also touches upon Hawking's earlier work on energy, suggesting his ideas were akin to the modern proponents of free energy. It critically views his support for theories like black holes, dark matter, and the Big Bang, pointing out a growing body of evidence against these mainstream scientific beliefs. This leads to the insinuation that there are alternative, more accurate scientific explanations about the universe's energy and structure, potentially hinting at suppressed knowledge of free energy and the true nature of the universe.

The author discusses how governments have invested billions into research, especially in the pursuit of dark matter, through instruments like large colliders. They suggest that insiders like Dr. Anthony Perat have indicated that the establishments are already aware of the futility of these searches, implying a possible alternative purpose for these colliders, such as acting as a form of Stargate or portal to other dimensions.

Towards the end of the document, the author contends that Hawking was in a unique position to reveal truths about various controversial and suppressed topics, including Earth's disaster cycle, free energy, and the universe's real history and structure. The suggestion is that controlling Hawking was a means for certain powers to maintain the status quo and keep these potentially revolutionary and disruptive truths under wraps.

The document concludes by challenging readers to provide alternative explanations for Hawking's involvement with Epstein Island, emphasizing the need for skepticism and critical thinking about the official narratives surrounding these figures and events.

Steven Hawkings liked to watch naked small women solve complex problems on chalkboard that were too high according to transcripts

#Epstein #EpsteinIsland #StephenHawking #Blackmail #Universe #DisasterCycle #Energy #FreeEnergy #ClimateChange #Overpopulation #BlackHoles #DarkMatter #BigBangTheory #SuppressedKnowledge #Stargate #Portals #AlternativeDimensions #Colliders #GovernmentConspiracies #InsiderInformation #DrAnthonyPerat #MainstreamScience #Astrophysics #Catastrophes #Asteroids #MagneticField #SolarInfluence #EarthHistory #TruthSuppression #GlobalCatastrophe #PublicDiscourse #ScientificTheories #CriticalThinking #RevolutionaryIdeas #SupsiciousObserver #DailyShow

Key Takeaways:
  • Epstein's list puzzlingly included Stephen Hawking, implying a motive beyond mere association.
  • Hawking's discourse shifted significantly after his involvement with Epstein, particularly regarding global catastrophes and energy.
  • The document suggests suppressed knowledge in mainstream scientific theories like black holes, dark matter, and the Big Bang.
  • Governments might be aware of the futility of certain scientific pursuits and are possibly hiding alternative, more accurate explanations of the universe.
  • Hawking was potentially a gatekeeper of revolutionary knowledge, with his control being a method to maintain the status quo.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Why Did Epstein Need To Blackmail Stephen Hawking - 01-05-2024

With the Epstein list coming out and more document dumps expected, there is one name that doesn't seem to make sense. Among the others, Stephen Hawking. Now that it is a fact that he was there at Epstein island and some of his proclivities are being released, we can discuss it. We know Epstein's primary goal was to get dirt on powerful people and then blackmail them so the businesses and politicians make sense. But why the famous physicist?

You can't just say, oh, he was famous. So he went. It wouldn't waste time and resources if there wasn't a reason, a need to control hawking like they controlled the politicians. The answer probably has to do with God, the universe, energy, and the earth disaster cycle. Let's take that list in reverse.

Stephen Hawking mentioned many times that Earth was due for a major catastrophe, even the fact that it was overdue. He touched on asteroids, climate change and overpopulation in his later years. But his earliest mentions of it were discussions of Earth's magnetic field and the sun, in addition to those other topics. All of that changed about a decade ago, when he became far more focused on the mainstream discussion points of climate change and overpopulation. This was also the years that followed his visits to Epstein Island.

Hawking had written several things earlier in his career on energy production as well. The kinds of things that I see shades of in more recent proponents of free energy. But perhaps most importantly was his propping up of black holes dark matter in the big Bang theory. While it is still ignored by mainstream scientists, there's been an unbelievable amount of information that has come out suggesting that black holes aren't what we think they are, that dark matter isn't real, and that the universe is full of an ambient energy not too different from the ether, other than computational figures and physical characteristics. We made a full movie about this just a couple of years ago.

Governments have funneled tens of billions of dollars into these searches, especially for dark matter, with things like the large colliders. But according to insider Dr. Anthony Perat, they already knew full well it's nonsense. This was from their test several decades ago. Now, this is where things get very strange, because there's a lot of evidence that these colliders are actually something close to a stargate, types of portals, but not necessarily to other stars, the two alternative dimensions coexisting on other planes.

Outside of what we largely believe is reality, Hawking was in a position to eventually spill the beans on Earth's disaster cycle, free energy and the real makeup of the universe and its history, including how we got here. We've been discussing the science. We've shown the evidence of the COVID ups and even shown the evidence that some of the key voices in these sciences today are bought and paid for. If. If any of you have a better explanation for Hawking being at Epstein island, their need to control him, I would love to hear it.

But don't just say it was a random visit and there was no goal behind it. You should know better by now. I'll see you in the morning for the Daily show. Be safe, everyone.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


🌍 Earth’s Magnetic Shift: Unveiling the Future Disaster

🌍 Earth's Magnetic Shift: Unveiling the Future Disaster

🌍 EARTH'S MAGNETIC SHIFT: UNVEILING THE FUTURE DISASTER

Episode Summary:

The PDF discusses Earth's impending disaster due to a recurring cycle of magnetic pole shifts, occurring approximately every 12,000 years, with the next one imminent. These shifts, or geomagnetic excursions, have been studied and confirmed through various scientific evidences and journals. The ongoing magnetic shift, which began in the 1850s, has accelerated since 2000, leading to significant climatic, volcanic, and biosphere changes, resulting in species extinctions. The magnetic excursions not only affect Earth but also the entire solar system, with observable changes on Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto, as well as the Sun itself. These planetary changes are believed to be driven by a galactic magnetic reversal occurring every 12,000 years, impacting the solar system and Earth's disaster cycle. The PDF also mentions that the galactic current sheet, moving radially outward from the galactic center, is expected to impact our solar system, with evidence of its effects observed on nearby stars like Proxima Centauri, Barnard's Star, and Ad Leo. This galactic current sheet is believed to trigger recurring micronovas on the Sun, which are necessary for explaining Earth's isotope evidence and the observed galactic physics. These micronovas are also crucial for unlocking Earth's crust, leading to significant tilts and massive tsunamis, as predicted by various scientific calculations and ancient texts. The PDF concludes by suggesting that governments and elites are preparing for the impending disaster, with evidence of increased spending, underground constructions, and the establishment of doomsday bunkers by billionaires and celebrities. The document urges acknowledgment of the evidence presented and consideration of the future implications for ourselves and subsequent generations.

#Earth #Disaster #MagneticPoleShifts #GeomagneticExcursions #ClimateChange #VolcanicActivity #Biosphere #SpeciesExtinction #SolarSystem #GalacticMagneticReversal #GalacticCurrentSheet #Micronova #Sun #Venus #Mars #Jupiter #Saturn #Uranus #Neptune #Pluto #ProximaCentauri #BarnardsStar #AdLeo #IsotopeEvidence #Tsunamis #AncientTexts #Governments #Elites #DoomsdayBunkers #Billionaires #Celebrities #Preparation #Future #Evidence #Acknowledgment

Key Takeaways:
  • Earth is undergoing a significant magnetic pole shift, occurring approximately every 12,000 years.
  • The ongoing magnetic shift has accelerated since the year 2000, leading to major climatic, volcanic, and biosphere changes.
  • These magnetic shifts are not isolated to Earth but are observed throughout the entire solar system.
  • The galactic magnetic reversal, occurring every 12,000 years, is believed to be the driving force behind these shifts.
  • Evidence of the galactic current sheet's impact is observed on nearby stars, suggesting our solar system is next in line.
  • The galactic current sheet is believed to trigger micronovas on the Sun, which are crucial for unlocking Earth's crust, leading to tilts and tsunamis.
  • Ancient texts and scientific predictions align, describing similar catastrophic events and human behaviors.
  • There are signs that governments and elites are preparing for this impending disaster, as observed by their actions and investments.
Predictions:
  • The Earth's magnetic poles are shifting, with major magnetic pole shifts occurring approximately every 12,000 years.
  • The ongoing magnetic shift is accelerating, with significant progression since the year 2000.
  • The magnetic shifts coincide with major climate shifts, volcanic events, and biosphere stress, leading to species extinctions.
  • The galactic magnetic reversal, expected to occur every 12,000 years, is impacting the entire solar system.
  • The galactic current sheet is expected to impact our solar system, with evidence of its effects already observed on nearby stars.
  • The galactic current sheet is believed to trigger recurring micronovas on the Sun.
  • The Earth is expected to experience significant tilts, leading to massive tsunamis as a result of the micronovas.
  • The document suggests that there may be only ten to twenty years left before these catastrophic events occur, based on the current rate of change.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

🌍 EARTH'S MAGNETIC SHIFT: UNVEILING THE FUTURE DISASTER

Earth enjoys long, quiet eras commanded by the slow grind of wind, rain and geology. These periods are punctuated by a recurring catastrophe. We're coming to the end of one of these calm periods and a disaster is coming. By combining millennia of evidence, centuries of study and the modern capabilities of technology we can answer are the challenge to explain all the evidence of Earth's disaster cycle. And we have all the tools to track the next one.

The Earth is about to do something it hasn't done for thousands of years. The magnetic poles are shifting. The strength of Earth's magnetic field is fading. There are magnetic changes throughout the solar system and on the sun. We're going to be showing you stories of this cycle of disaster that will visit us again soon.

This story is told several ways and here you're going to hear them all. We'll begin with the pole shift. It's real and it's going to happen. In fact, it's already happening. There are major magnetic pole shifts every 12,000 years, called geomagnetic excursions.

There are even more minor events on the 6000 year half cycles. The China event was just confirmed earlier this year. The most well studied events are the last 112 thousand years ago, the Gothenburg geomagnetic excursion, and an exceptionally powerful one about 40 something thousand years ago called La Champ. It's the same for other events. You can find information on all of them when you search the science journals.

This happens very regularly and it has already started happening again. Now, the Earth began its magnetic shift in the 1850s, but it has progressed more since the year 2000 than it had in the 150 years or so before. The shift is accelerating and will keep accelerating. These events coincide with major climate shifts in the past, volcanic events and biosphere stress that results in the extinctions of species. After the scientific field went back and forth on this topic for decades, the Conclusive study was performed in the world's number one geophysics journal.

These magnetic excursions take out several species and cause serious stress on the entire food chain through not only volcanoes and climate shifts, but extra space radiation, navigational issues with birds, mammals and marine creatures. These shifts can happen very rapidly. In fact, if the next one happened tomorrow, it already wouldn't be the fastest one in history. After having been ongoing now for more than 150 years. When it reaches peak acceleration, it will be shifting a hundred times faster than today or more.

And we'll just have months left, maybe weeks. This is a story with a thousand pieces, but they come together to tell a scary future for our planet. And it's told in the rock sediment, the fossils and the cooled lava. Let's next address the fact that this event seems to be hitting the whole solar system. Let's further take a step out to the galactic level very quickly.

The galaxy has a rippling electric current sheet just like stars, our sun and like energized sphere magnets in a lab in our galaxy. The wave height, the amplitude and the wavelength have been analyzed. And based on a speed of around 600 to 800 outward radial flow, they should be hitting our solar system about every 12,000 years. This current sheet contains the galactic magnetic reversal point, not the galactic equator, as incorrectly is believed by many. It is this galactic magnetic reversal, expected about every 12,000 years, that is impacting our solar system and which is the driving force behind the overall 12,000 year disaster cycle of Earth.

Up next, what about those changes in the solar system? Well, Venus's fastest winds are now blowing harder and faster. In fact, about 33% faster. Studies of Earth have indicated that solar activity, which is modulated by Earth's magnetic field, helps drive wind speeds at all altitudes. So a magnetic change at Venus would certainly explain those winds.

Mars has seen more climate change than Earth, has increasing seismic activity, and is even now believed to have an active, alive mantle when it was long thought to be dead as a whole planet. We have studies on Earth's magnetic field and solar activity related to both long term climate on Earth and seismic activity. So a magnetic change at Mars would make sense and a major magnetic change may actually have woken up Mars mantle such that the experts were right when they used to think it was dead, and they are right now. Hard to explain all the Mars changes in one stroke unless it's a planetary magnetic event. Jupiter has had many cloud changes, including to the Great Red Spot.

But its most interesting change is in the radio signals coming from its magnetic fields. This is a direct indication that those magnetic fields are changing, which would also explain the cloud anomalies. As on Earth, we know that solar and geomagnetic conditions impact the clouds. Saturn's 30 year orbit is eccentric. And every 30 years, at its closest point to the sun, a superstorm forms in the northern hemisphere due to the increased solar energy input to the system.

It just came ten years early for the first time in the telescope record. Why? Well, a magnetic shift on Saturn would let more energy from the sun into that system, the same amount that used to take ten more years to achieve such a storm. Record aurora activity on Uranus, along with record storm activity, is another indication of a changing magnetic condition. The planetary magnetic fields are what block solar wind from the atmosphere.

And a magnetic shift on Uranus would allow more solar plasma and higher auroral activity. Neptune just had a storm reversal, and that's a big deal. Neptune storms follow patterns just like Earth hurricanes follow patterns. Now, imagine a hurricane formed off the coast of Florida and shot eastward across the Atlantic and hit Africa. That can't happen, right?

Well, it just did on Neptune. And the neptunian storm's electrical dominance suggests that for it to happen, something electromagnetic has reversed. Lastly, Pluto lost 20% of its atmosphere in less than two years far more than is expected due to freeze out in Plutonian winter. How does a planet lose its atmosphere so rapidly? Same way Mars did long ago.

The magnetic field collapses in a major shift. So that's magnetic shift evidence on all the planets. And, yes, we've got it on the sun as well. There is a noticeable coronal magnetic field shift and a corresponding helium chemistry change. If the galactic magnetic reversal is impacting the entire solar system we should see those magnetic changes on all the planets and the sun.

And we absolutely do. But the galactic current sheet should also be delivering dust ions, neutral gases and impacting the large scale magnetic fields surrounding the entire solar system. What do you know? Scientists are seeing more interstellar ions than expected. That's one.

Scientists are also seeing more energetic neutral hydrogen than expected. That's two. And as is evident in several recent studies the dust is increasing in the inner solar system. That's three. Scientists are also noticing phenomenal changes in the IBEX ribbon the interstellar magnetic imprint on the outer heliosphere surrounding the solar system.

That's four for four on chemistry and large scale magnetism. Plus the magnetic changes across the solar system, planets and the sun. A solar system shift. That's Earth's history, modern observations, the solar system and galactic physics all singing the same song. But wait.

If the galactic current sheet is radially moving outward from the galactic center shouldn't we have seen the closest stars towards the center of the galaxy being impacted? Because of the distance between stars, we can really only look to the closest ones. The Proxima Centauri system and Barnard's Star. There is also Ad Leo which is a star about the same distance away from the galactic center that we are but several light years to the north. All three have had outburst activity at superflare levels or higher.

Barnard's Star first as its furthest away in line. Proxima had record flaring activity after that. And then recently, so did Ad Leo. While. It would have been nice if we had been using the most modern technologies 60, 80 years ago to see the activity of stars further away.

All the ones we have monitored in this way in the modern era have done exactly as expected in terms of an uptick. If the Galactic sheet had impacted them first and they did so in the correct order right at the sun and our solar system is next in line. So far, all the stories complement one another. So let's dive deeper into the star outburst idea. One of the recurring pieces of evidence in these cycles is the nova level isotopes discovered on Earth those that can only be made in a stellar nova event.

And they happen to show up in microtechtites and fossils from these 12,000 year disaster cycle events on Earth. But can the galactic current sheet produce a recurring micronova on the sun? Yes, because there are two ways scientists know how those recurring nova are triggered elsewhere in space. One is a magnetic kick to the star and the other is to dump material onto the star, an accumulation called accretion. It just so happens that the galactic current sheet bringing the galactic magnetic reversal, delivers the magnetic kick, and that extra dust neutrals and ions coming with the sheet is the material dumped onto the star.

Both known methods of making a nova combined into one with a galactic current sheet. After the first ever nova study that actually included magnetic field influence, we know that the isotopes stuck to the dust can't make it out of the nova remnant. So those here at Earth, arriving every 12,000 years have to be from our star. The isotopes tell us what we need in terms of what a star must do. The galactic current sheet brings both known methods in one, and they can't be coming from some other star.

The coincidences are really piling up now. And as it turns out, events like the solar micronova at various stars finally fixed the longstanding galactic physics problem. They knew the current sheet existed and extended throughout the galaxy, but their models couldn't resolve how it was sustained at that distance. Well, it just so happens if you inject nova energy directly into the magnetic system of the galaxy at the current sheet, it gives it the juice to persist and sustain. So the current sheet triggering stellar outbursts actually fixes galactic physics.

Last year, after many years of swearing up and down, it wasn't possible that it wasn't a thing. Astronomers have finally admitted that micronova exists. These events recurring at the sun are not only the only explanation for the Earth isotope evidence. They not only can be triggered two ways by the galactic current sheet, but they are also actually needed to explain our real universe observations of the galaxy. Same story, different fields of science.

So let's come back to Earth. Every catastrophe throughout history included the Earth tilting, turning over, and creating massive tsunamis. As the oceans slosh around, einstein and several others agreed that it would be the unlocking of the crust from the mantle that would cause the shift. But they couldn't figure out how. How do you unlock the crust?

With modern evidence, we now know that the crust is locked with a thermoelectric equilibrium. And scientists already know the Sun's impacts induce electric current into the mantle. Right through that crust mantle boundary. The solar micronova surges enough of that current to disrupt the thermal and electrical aspects of that thermoelectric equilibrium unlocking the crust. So the micronova is also needed to finally finish the stories of the catastrophe's claims that the Earth tilts turns and triggers massive tsunamis.

Interestingly, several scientists in Einstein's time also did the math on what would happen if they could unlock the crust. The ice weight at the polar region would want to spin at the equator. The point of greatest centrifugal force and the greatest bulk of ice happens to want to tilt Earth, such that Greenland would end up at the equator, and so would the portion of Antarctica that is south of Australia. This would put the Bay of Bengal in the Indian Ocean and Peru at the north and south poles, which is exactly what was predicted long ago by several other catastrophists who didn't have that ice math from Einstein's time, which is absolutely amazing. But it's not just a two way coincidence there.

The magnetic poles are already moving, as we mentioned, and they are set to meet one another to collide in the Bay of Bengal, with Peru, of course, being on the opposite side of the planet. If the planet tilts as previously predicted, and as the later math would suggest, it will, it will just so happen to put the magnetic poles back at the north and south geographic pole. That's perhaps the greatest coincidence of them all. And yet just another on our list. The story grows even more interesting when we realize that religious texts and mythological stories say exactly this will happen.

From the Earth swaying to and fro like a drunkard, to the black sun and days of darkness, which would be caused by the material accumulating on the sun before the micronova, to the great waves and floods and fire and volcanoes and the loss of species. Now, how in the world do those old stories now match the science? Not only the science, but the humanity as well. The culture of us humans today makes the entire world seem like one giant Sodom and Gomorrah. The rise of Satanic degeneracy the loss of traditional moral values.

It is exactly as was written. So they predict what modern science predicts, and even down to how humans will behave. Honestly, how many of these coincidences are we supposed to ignore? Well, let's add on another one. It seems the governments and elites are preparing for exactly this.

They are acting recklessly because they know there will be no reckoning. They are spending like there's no tomorrow, because on a realistic timeline, there isn't one. Governments are digging underground, and elites like Elon Musk and Jeff Bezos are expanding their options. Bezos is digging out a mountain in the Sierra Diablos, right across the street from his Blue Origin launch facility. And Elon Musk has SpaceX and the boring company.

Celebrities and billionaires are buying doomsday bunkers at a surprising rate. Even Andrew and Tristan Tate are building one in Romania. Folks, most of science is one vector, one line of evidence, and then best estimations or guesses about what it means. This is not most science. It is the same story told by Earth's history.

Paleoclimatology, paleomagnetism, fossils, sediment, solar system physics, astrophysics, galactic physics, modern observations, math, religion, culture. And the movement of the elites matches up. Don't listen to what they say. Just watch what they do. Speaking of math current rate of change suggests we have only ten to 20 years left.

So will you acknowledge the mountains of evidence singing the same song? Or will you let the world distract you? Will you let disbelief dissuade you? Your future and your children's future depends on your answer, sir.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


🌌 Galactic Astrophysics: The Root of Earth’s Catastrophes? – SOLAR MICRONOVA The Only Explanation

🌌 Galactic Astrophysics: The Root of Earth's Catastrophes? - SOLAR MICRONOVA The Only Explanation

🌌 Galactic Astrophysics: The Root of Earth's Catastrophes? - SOLAR MICRONOVA The Only Explanation

Episode Summary:

The document delves into the evidence of catastrophes on Earth, suggesting that their causes are rooted in galactic astrophysics and astrophysical plasma. The primary conclusion is the cyclical occurrence of a solar micronova, which originates at the galactic level due to the Parker plasma instability. This instability, known for many years, interacts with stars and is an electric double layer. The magnetic fields of the sun interact with this current sheet, with opposite directions in the northern and southern hemispheres. The solar wind's magnetic fields flip every eleven years. The crossings of the galactic current sheet are significant in terms of galactic space weather. The document also discusses the density component of these crossings, which can trigger a nova event. Electromagnetic events at the sun could cause major solar wind enhancements or interruptions, potentially leading to a solar micronova. There are five core pieces of evidence for this cycle on Earth, including extinctions, meteors, glaciation paradox, magnetic reversals, and nova isotopes. The document concludes by stating that Earth's magnetic field is reversing, and the cycle is currently underway. The information has been known for decades but was covered up. The document promotes a movie and playlist on the topic.

#catastrophes #Earth #galacticAstrophysics #astrophysicalPlasma #solarMicronova #ParkerPlasma #magneticFields #sun #currentSheet #galacticWeather #densityComponent #novaEvent #extinctions #meteors #glaciation #magneticReversals #novaIsotopes #electromagneticEvents #solarWind #cycle #magneticField #reversing #coveredUp #movie #playlist

🌌 Galactic Astrophysics: The Root of Earth's Catastrophes? - SOLAR MICRONOVA The Only Explanation

To accept the challenge to explain all the evidence of catastrophes on Earth is to come to know that we must look outside the Earth for their cause to look at galactic astrophysics and astrophysical plasma. The conclusion delivers one right back to an event that can explain all of that evidence. The only explanation for all the evidence the inevitable conclusion of the space science. A cyclical long period current solar micronova will begin out in space at the galactic level where the Parker plasma instability runs through the galactic disk. Scientists have understood the physics of this rippling current sheet for some time its existence at the galactic and stellar level and yet the implications for this plasma magnetic geometry within the galaxy is not well explored.

When it interacts with a star, the sheet itself is a bit of a challenging thing to get your head around but it is indeed an electric double layer. This has been known to run with the Parker instability again for many years including how they surround equatorial regions of spinning sphere magnets in space. And the magnetic fields run opposite directions above and below the double layer sheet. This lab and theoretical science has already been well studied at the solar system level. The magnetic fields of the sun drape to the current sheet and have opposite directions on the north versus southern hemispheres.

Now, even while the solar wind emanates in all directions those magnetic fields in one hemisphere of the sun do always come back and those hemispheres flip every eleven years. So the best way to imagine this current sheet is to put yourself right in the middle of it. Opposite fields on either side of the sheet and invisibly populating the entire interior is a magnetically neutral collisionless plasma which is why astrospheres look like the Earth magnetic field being blown back by the solar wind. It's the same thing in the galaxy, but it's the galactic ion wind and galactic magnetic fields interacting. Since there are not CME like structures in the galactic plane the crossings of the galactic current sheet are pretty much all you get in terms of galactic space weather.

We know from theory, lab work, and from observations of the solar wind plasma that these crossings include a density component that's the magnetic flip in the solar wind in blue. And look at the spike straight line jump up in solar wind density below in orange. Now, from three to ten protons per cubic centimeter might not seem like much, but that's more than a tripling of the density. And at the galactic level, there's much more dust as well. This density component will not only be plasmic like in the solar wind but will contain lots of gas and dust as well.

Swept up in the electromagnetic waveform. It is already well known that this is a nova trigger event. In fact, they believe many known nova and recurrent nova events are due to too much material getting into that star's atmosphere blocking the vent, so to speak, causing a runaway explosive event from the plasma pressure and temperature within. But that's not all. Astronomers now largely recognize the plasma instability trigger for nova events.

Any electromagnetic event at the sun could cause major solar wind enhancement or interruption which could not only trigger an outburst outright that would be the former situation. But if it interrupts it, the latter situation material will build in the solar atmosphere and we're right back to trigger number one. Both come with the electromagnetic current sheet of the galaxy which we believe to cross the Sun's path every ten to 15,000 years. Now, since it's not only possible plausible, but perhaps downright expected at stars and during the galactic current sheet, what does the other side of the evidence say about a solar micronova? Well, there are five core pieces of evidence that seem to be present almost every time we have this cycle on Earth.

The first two are not difficult to explain. With the solar micronova, extinctions can flow from various types of events and the shell release on our star could not only push meteors out of their orbits, but also the shell itself could have pieces congeal and coalesce into impactors. Where we begin to need the nova and see its ability to explain the cycle is the Glaciation paradox. Ice is deposited fast, very fast. And to do this, you need to evaporate tons of water with heat or with more volatility if you use induced electricity.

And then you need cold to freeze it. Well, the heat aspect of the micronova not really hard to imagine. But then the evaporated water cloud Albedo would do a good job cooling the planet. Then also the primary production in nova events is dust. And that dust will act like a volcanic winter at the top of the atmosphere.

Not to mention it will likely be clouding the inner solar system, too. Not hard to get a drop in temperature when you consider the leftover elements of the micronova either. There is no doubt that the magnetic reversal is where the micronova begins to separate itself. It's not just the Gothenburg magnetic excursion 12,000 years ago and the younger Driest impactors seeming to line up in time but that's the case at each of the magnetic excursion events every ten to 15,000 years into the past. The impactors can't flip the Earth's field, but the micronova can do the impactors and the flipping.

The application of a strong electric field can flip the polarity of an entire object within that electric field. This is basic physics and now we're talking about the micronova electric field and charged particles and the Earth is the object within it. In fact, this animation showing a concentric shockwave flipping Earth's fields in red comes from a university government partnership at NCAR. Finally, the nova isotopes, the ones impactors can't explain and would show up in microtechtites and bone of the animals that fell during these events. How I put it in the June 29 morning news was about as good as I can put it.

One of the few lines of evidence that leads us right back to a cyclical nova event at our star is that there are isotopes from these past events they try to peg on impactors. But there are also isotopes that are too extreme even for something like what they envision killed the dinosaurs. Those, they say, came from a very nearby nova event sometime after our solar system formed. Now, they come to that conclusion because these isotopes must have been formed in nova. But they have short half lives they wouldn't have survived from before our sun formed.

And if it was from a faraway star, it would take too long for the isotopes and dust it's riding to get here. And again, the half life problem. They have explained this using interstellar dust expelled by nova not unlike the dusty plasma that falls to Earth to this day. Again, that article from yesterday. But this year, that theory ran into a major problem that plasma physics could have informed them of decades ago if they appreciated it.

And it is that those grains of dust are not going to be delivered from anywhere except right here. They cannot escape the shockwave of the nova. And so delivery by some other star is not possible. It's got to be from within the heart of the event. Now, this would imply that the ancient nova that preceded, seeded and triggered the formation and or ignition of our sun was to blame, since we are in its heart.

But again, we run into the halflife problem in that those isotopes wouldn't be around today. And so we are left with but one explanation. Our star, like billions of others, is an ultra long period recurrent micronova. It's bigger than a dwarf nova and the nova element of a type one Xray burst but still nowhere near a normal nova or supernova. Whether we start at galactic astrophysics, the long history of the catastrophe cycle, the geomagnetic evidence or the isotopes we looked at today, the story is the same.

And so, to review with the astrophysics being what they are, this galactic sheet we are shored across on a regular cycle brings two nova triggers to a solar wind outputting star. The only way to explain all the evidence of what happens to this planet on a cycle is the solar outburst. And there are three ways to get there from the geophysical evidence. So what else is there to know? Well, indeed, the cycle is underway once again.

Earth's field is reversing. And the timeline suggests that 80% to 90% of you watching this will live to see it. The other planets are all showing signs of magnetic changes, including Pluto, now enduring an atmospheric collapse as well. It's furthest outward in the galactic center's direction. Taking the sheet and the stars, we'd expect to show signs before the sheet got here indeed have gone off in appropriate order.

This information was largely known for the last 50 to 70 years and was intentionally diverted and covered up. Right now, there is evidence that preparations are underway for the event of the age and you can learn more about all of these topics at our Cosmic Disaster movie and expanded Playlist. Whether you go to our YouTube channel page, the Homepage of Suspiciousobservers.org, or you follow the links provided right below the video in the description box, this is not the topic to take lightly. Everything is already laid out in easily digestible video form. And yes, the entire purpose of this video here was to get you to watch either that movie or the full playlist.

I'll see you in the morning. Be safe, everyone.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


🔍 Charles Hapgood: The Man Behind the Earth Crust Displacement Theory! – COSMIC DISASTER CIA Classified

🔍 Charles Hapgood: The Man Behind the Earth Crust Displacement Theory! - COSMIC DISASTER CIA Classified

🔍 Charles Hapgood: The Man Behind the Earth Crust Displacement Theory! - COSMIC DISASTER CIA Classified

Episode Summary:

The document delves into a narrative of Earth's cyclical catastrophic events, emphasizing the magnetic shifts and their potential consequences. Over millennia, tales of world-ending events have been told, with the Earth's magnetic field reversing and causing upheavals. Recent observations indicate that Earth's ongoing magnetic event has accelerated, necessitating an update to the world magnetic model. The sun plays a pivotal role in these events, with evidence suggesting a "micronova" occurrence. Geological evidence indicates that the Earth's crust and mantle can unlock, causing tectonic shifts, volcanic eruptions, and tsunamis. Following these events, the Earth's temperature drops drastically. The document traces the history of these theories, from the 1700s surge in global exploration to the 1900s' growth in the field. Charles Hapgood's Earth crust displacement theory, which became a cornerstone of this study, is discussed in detail. The document also touches upon the CIA's involvement in classifying certain versions of these theories.

#Earth #CyclicalEvents #Catastrophes #MagneticShifts #Millennia #MagneticField #Reversal #Upheavals #Sun #Micronova #GeologicalEvidence #Crust #Mantle #TectonicShifts #VolcanicEruptions #Tsunamis #TemperatureDrop #History #1700s #1900s #CharlesHapgood #Theory #CIA #Involvement #Classified

🔍 Charles Hapgood: The Man Behind the Earth Crust Displacement Theory! - COSMIC DISASTER CIA Classified

You're going to tell you the scariest true story ever told over thousands of years in thousands of versions with different names and minute details. But the story always ends the same way with the next end of the world. We'll give you the short version first and then the burden of proof will fall. Here to present the evidence across time and topic that the slow crawl of geology the wind, water, fire and tectonic creep is punctuated in rare occasions by disastrous upheaval. The Earth's magnetic field reverses with dramatic excursion.

Events sprinkled between. They can occur in less than 100 years from plunge to rock bottom. Earth's ongoing magnetic event has already been underway 150 years into the red zone and it is speeding up. In early 2019, the magnetic event accelerated to where an update to the world magnetic model was required ahead of schedule for the first time. So far, this has not been causing catastrophic events.

But unfortunately, there are other aspects to the event coming both in physical evidence and in the stories told in rock and voice. The sun plays the role of the destroyer where the decadal and centennial cycles of activity converge. We find the entire magnetic potential of the sun accessible for what can only be described as a micronova. As unbelievable as that might sound, the evidence will actually show this to be an almost unavoidable consequence of the solar system trip through the galaxy. There is evidence that the crust and mantle unlock at the low velocity zone.

The plates collide and may be worse, triggering volcanoes and sending unfathomable amounts of water into the land, creating surge deposits of bone and earth. The earthquakes and volcanoes and tsunamis are followed by snow ice incredible amounts falling by the yard as Earth's temperature plummets. We'll see evidence at the microscale of the previous great solar blast the ways in which humans survived the last great catastrophe the evidence that similar plans are secretly unfolding beneath our feet and the evidence demonstrating the COVID up and erroneous geological science that overthrew a course of rediscovery. One that can now lead us to understand that the Sun's cyclical passage through the galactic electric sheet is the trigger for the great catastrophe cycle on Earth. Let's begin in the 17 hundreds with a surge of global exploration in science and the discovery of the evidence for these cycles.

A dozen researchers became dozens in the 18 hundreds as more evidence and excitement and terror over the implications of the evidence was mounting in an undeniable charge to science. To explain all the evidence, the 19 hundreds saw a further growth of the field. Many researchers gained considerable fame while others were silenced. The end of the century saw the birth of the plasma universe connection to catastrophism. With the first global study of Petroglyphs describing a solar catastrophe in antiquity, the story truly begins relevantly, however, with the man almost certainly responsible for the misdirection of the truth charles Hapgood.

His earth crust displacement theory became the torch for the catastrophe cycle, and when it bombed, it took down the entire field. With it, we will demonstrate his motive and opportunity to cheat Einstein that he knew the truth. He covered it up. A key element of that cover up occurred in the 1960s, when a theatrical, extravagant and shock driven Hollywood style description of the catastrophe was classified by the CIA. That is one mystery.

Why this one, when so many others had discussed the topic for years, for centuries? Could it be that this one contained something unique? When it was declassified and released in 2016, it was heavily sanitized down to only 57 pages. But even those pages deliver incredible bounty. And that is where we will begin with just another of the thousands of versions of this story, one we will show to be partly right and partly wrong in the rest of this video.

But either way, which endows upon you the mindset required to take this journey with us. As dozens of researchers and CIA co founder Charles Hapgood himself put out their own versions of the story. Here is chapter one of the only work on the catastrophe that was classified.

With a rumble so low as to be inaudible growing, then fuming into a thundering roar, the earthquake starts. Only it's not like any earthquake in recorded history. In California, the mountains shake like ferns in a breeze. The mighty Pacific rears back and piles up into a mountain of water more than 2 miles high, then starts its race eastward with the force of a thousand armies. The wind attacks.

Within 3 hours, the fantastic wall of water moves across the continent, burying the wind ravaged land under 2 miles of seething water coast to coast. Central America suffers the same cannoid. South America finds the Andes not high enough to stop the cataclysmic violence pounded out by nature in her berserk rage. In less than a day, Ecuador, Peru, western Brazil are shaken madly by the devastating earthquake, burned by molten earth fire, buried under cubic miles of torrential Pacific seas, and then turned into a frozen hell. Everything freezes.

Man, beast, plant and mud are all rock hard. In less than 4 hours, Europe cannot escape the onslaught. Western Africa and the sands of the Sahara vanish in nature's wrath. The area bounded by the Congo, South Africa and Kenya suffers only severe earthquakes and wind. Survivors there marvel at the sun standing still in the sky for nearly half a day as the Arctic basin leaves its polar home.

Eastern Siberia, Manchuria, China and Burma are subjected to the same annihilation as South America. Wind, earth, fire, inundation and freezing. The Bay of Bengal Basin, just east of India, is now at the north pole. The Pacific Ocean just west of Peru is at the south pole. Australia is the new unexplored continent in the North Temperate Zone, with only a few handfuls of survivors populating its vastness the cataclysm has done its work well and drives the pitiful few who survive into a new Stone Age once more.

The Earth has shifted its shell, with the poles moving almost to the equator in a fraction of a day. Again, the atmosphere and oceans refusing to change direction with the Earth's shell have wiped out almost all life. After this tumble, we'll join Noah, Adam and Eve. Atlantis, mew and Olympus. So that paints a pretty terrible picture.

If not for the fact that it was classified by the CIA, it might be worth ignoring entirely of science fiction. And indeed that version is too extreme. But the evidence does suggest a slightly lesser version of that same event does indeed occur during these upheavals. Now, it is our job to show you the evidence from start to finish, and these are the points we will need to hit to do so. First we will have to begin with the COVID up, with the manner in which this entire topic of Earth cataclysms went from one of the most important in geophysics to total pseudoscience.

It was one of the greatest cover ups in history. We will then go through the evidence that we have to look to the sun. We'll see how it is cyclically triggered to outburst. As we look to the sanitized portion of the Adam and Eve story that is still technically classified, but has been leaked past the threshold of action, we'll discover the nature of the solar outburst from the sequence of events in the evidence left on Earth, the nature of the catastrophe. We'll look into the pole reversal and exactly what it is and what it means for us, the impactors and their connection to the event, and finally, survival into the next age of Earth.

It was not until the story by Chan Thomas was put into the public that the science of catastrophism could once again progress. And that story begins with the COVID up that really began with the predecessor organization to the CIA, the Office of Strategic Services. The initial question is why was this version of the book classified? What makes this version of the story unique? Well, certainly this version of the story is quite extreme a one day shift of geologic proportion that sends the sea from its beds and tears the world apart.

The most critical aspect of the work is the fact that it highlights a repeating cyclical nature to the event on Earth. Then again, nearly everyone who studied the catastrophe over the last 300 years came to that same conclusion. In the 1940s, one of the most critical scenes of this theater played out at the North Pole. Major Maynard E. White led the first mission to map and understand the Arctic region, mostly because of navigational concerns and to monitor for Soviet attacks over the pole.

When it became imperative to locate the magnetic pole position, the scientists found much more than they bargained for when they got their boots on the ground, they found evidence of marine strata lifted to significant altitude time after time and with tropical corals found in that Arctic region. Strata complementing the evidence of similar fossils found by Admiral Byrd in Antarctica. Both complementing the prehistoric trees unearthed in Norway, which had no rings, indicating that they resided at the equator. All in all, Major White's team believed that they had unearthed nine levels of catastrophe on the planet. These findings were reported at the Pentagon, attended also by Paul Sipple of the Rand Corporation and presumably members of the Office of Strategic Services, where Charles Hapgood was a key player in geophysics.

And working with Major White's findings and Dr. Sipple's experiments, it was concluded that Earth's magnetic pole begins slowly accelerating, followed by a whip around the geographic polar region, which somehow tilts the planet back and forth. Which is why there is evidence of the polar regions in the same places over and over, because it always tilts right back and appears to have not moved over geologic time. They confirm the catastrophe aspects of the new mountain range creation and Ice Age conditions immediately following the great event. Charles Hapgood, Paul Sipple and the Pentagon are perhaps the most credible advocates of this ten to 12,000 year cycle of disaster on Earth, especially when you consider what they did next.

Hapgood continued his classified life while also teaching at various universities up through the late 60s. During the 50s, in the years following Major White's Arctic mission, charles Hapgood stepped into the limelight in his public life with the famous Earth's crust displacement theory. It was a much mutated version from what we heard from Major White, where the poles do not go back and forth to the same places, the cycle is twice as long, and instead of a one day event, it takes thousands of years to complete, and which was easily debunked by modern geophysicists, taking down the entire science of Catastrophism with it. That is the famous version with the foreword written by Albert Einstein. That is not disputed, as his work with Hapgood was well known in the years before he died.

However, Einstein was likely privy to the same information as Hapgood, and the final book came out after he died. There is no way of knowing if Einstein supported the radically different version that Hapgood eventually espoused. But what we do know is that Einstein saw the cycle of catastrophe and the turning over of the Earth. He was looking for a way to unlock the crust from the low velocity zone in the years before he died. And we know he never did find a sufficient geophysical mechanism.

Hapgood's version of the story, the public one, does not match what he and Sipple delivered to Major White at the Pentagon a decade earlier. It does not match the geological evidence or the timelines as well. Hapgood's versions again were easily debunked. Now, Einstein discussed this for years with Hapgood and the only contribution was a forward. Maybe.

But armed with that forward, the weak version of crust displacement Hapgood placed over the field had the credibility to do so. The Chan Thomas version matches the version that somehow got lost between the Pentagon and Charles Hapgood's public life. And it was in fact classified in the years after Hapgood's work. The first work to deviate from that flawed story. Since the flawed story came out.

It plainly contradicts the version that the CIA geophysicist Charles Hapgood was promoting around the world, even if he had promoted a different one in private. And Chan's version got classified, as apparently did that real version of the story reported from what Major White and Paul Sipple provided. Einstein's key problem was the evidence of Greenland's tilting action but a lack of weight in ice to pull the crust itself. Nobody had ever before discovered a mechanism for how the Earth would actually accomplish this unfathomable disrespect of inertia basic physics, common logic. Frankly, the explanations blaming the hand of God had about as much evidence as anything else up until that point.

That is, until the version Chan Thomas tried to put out. The postlude of Chan's work was not part of the sanitized release by the CIA, but it was included in a 1993 version of the book the CIA apparently didn't feel the need to classify due to the disrepute of the field of catastrophism. Nobody cares anymore. The postlude describes the only potential mechanism for connection of all the evidence from beneath our feet out to the sun. In recent years, the move in cosmology to see the galactic magnetic field structure as coherent, including the central Taurus and jet model, has run through the national labs and NASA with incredible success.

But one of the lesser publicized realizations of this fact is the scaled similarity with the solar system and with Earth's equatorial ion emission. You see, just like the solar system, the galaxy has an electromagnetic current sheet rippling around the equator, separating the coherent fields of north and south. Now, in our solar system, the sheet ripples wavering around the equator, bringing a spike in ion density and a reversal of the interplanetary magnetic fields at Earth. Although our orbit only crosses the exact solar equator twice per year, the solar electric current sheet hits Earth every two weeks and can produce a geomagnetic storm, inducing electric currents in the atmosphere and the ground. Earth is constantly protected by its own magnetic field.

But in addition to things like solar flares, simply enduring a every two week solar system magnetic reversal and current sheet impact can cause those electromagnetic disruptions. So what happens when the sun and solar system encounter the galactic version, its spike in density and its magnetic reversal process? Let's actually add one more element to that puzzle the dust in our own solar system. And most we see there is a dusty plane like Saturn's rings. Density is low from planet formation over time.

But in the galaxy that is not the case. There are dusty remnants of countless nova and material left over from the star formation events of the galaxy. So the galactic sheet is more ion dense, a galactic magnetic reversal and a much more dusty region than we find in our own solar system. Now, out of those three, it might seem like the galactic magnetic field reversal and the extraion and electron density are the scarier propositions than the dust. But in fact it might be the dust that makes the situation so awful.

To understand why, we must investigate a phenomenon known as recurrent nova. There are quite a number of these recurrent nova that we do know of. Here's an interesting picture of one called Tpix. And by the way, this first image was the Tpix nova of 1997 and this was the Tpix nova of 2011. It just goes boom over and over and over again.

Beautiful plasma physics swinging into view with how they're pretty sure the eruptive character is when it comes to at least this one recurrent nova. And so what this is here and this list will be ever expanding. These are the current recurring nova in the Milky Way with the exception of the one that was just discovered about a week and a half ago that was in the Large Magellanic Cloud. I don't know if they're going to count that one as being in the Milky Way or not, but take a look over it's the 1234 5th column where it has a bunch of years. Those are the known outburst years.

Just take a look at how many times these ones have actually gone boom. Some of them all of the lectures that students are hearing right now and some of the best literature reviews on this topic that you can find very much conclude one thing on this list. It is egregiously under inclusive. They say that our viewing of the heavens at this level is so nascent that there are almost certainly supernova that we have seen that aren't supernova, that we will see them go boom again and they will make this list. They believe that there are many with hundreds to thousands of year cycles that we simply have not seen go boom even once.

And when we do, we'll have no idea it's a recurrent nova for hundreds to thousands of years more. And so come to ask what the trigger mechanism is. And it is currently thought to be close end binaries that is feeding material down onto one of the other stars and basically causes a thermonuclear explosion on the surface. There is no doubt that some recurrent nova are binaries feeding material down onto their partners, exploding in dramatic fashion. But this has implications for stars with dusty encounters on their way through the galaxy.

Apart from dusty filaments and gaseous clouds, the central current sheet is going to have a higher dust density coinciding with the extra energetic particles. This is due to the same mechanism that allows a static duster to work in your home. That electric field is going to contain a surplus of that dusty material. And indeed, we're learning that the dust content overall may be much greater than we realized. The same mechanism described for recurrent nova binaries works on some level for these stellar dusty encounters.

Except with the current sheet. We also have a surplus of electromagnetic particles as well, all during a galactic magnetic field reversal. The proposal for what that could mean for a sun that is known to have the ability to produce rare superflare type outbursts already is something close to the stories of our ancestors insisting the sun has a dark side. Why did this all kick off when they came back from the Moon? It's because while probably 90%, maybe more of the glass on the Moon is from meteorite impact or from volcanism on the Moon, probably there is unquestionably these classes of glasses that are not from volcanoes and that are not from meteorite impacts.

Specifically the ones that have aluminum 26. The relativistic temperature required for that would require a meteor that to hit the Moon big enough such that we would no longer have a Moon. Many astronomers physicists have proposed hypothesized that at one time there was an immense solar outburst from the sun maybe 100,000 times what it is right now. Tommy Gold was one of the first to suggest this hypothesis and it has been followed up by other people. So many physicists, many astronomers believe that in the past, millennia ago, there was an intense solar outburst.

And so I'm going to pursue that. One that I have been focused on lately has been the antigiluvian, the so called biblical flood, if you will. On average about every 10,000 years. You can expect a catastrophe to happen. For the most part, the civilization is wiped out.

It's a horrendous catastrophe. It wipes out preexisting civilization and most of the people on Earth.

We must start anew. Through decades of searching the world, collaborations with amazing observers like John McGovern parat has amassed the most extensive data set of petroglyph representation of global solar storms. And the most famous of those is the stick man, which is not amazing by itself, but those dots on each side found around the world from the exact same time periods is indicative of shared experience. And the plasma formation, called a z pinch seems to fit the description of both the drawings and the physics of a solar disaster. There's two events happening here.

When the sun novas, the heat from that nova and also cosmic rays, we get within eight minutes of when the sun novas. Now, remember, for another 17 to 18 hours, that dust shell is still on the way. It hasn't hit until an estimate 17 to 18 hours after the nova. So the first thing happens is the surface is going to get melted and glazed ironically, the Taurus winds up saying, the Moon turned red. Well, yeah, it turned red.

It just got baked and melted. That's the glazing that Thomas Gold and others had noticed all around the place. Then the dust shell hit 17, 18 hours later. Several assumptions. One, you can't assume that this dust shell is homogeneous because the evidence we've seen both on the Earth and on the Moon, the different samples they brought back from Apollo 1116 17, a few others, they had different chemical compositions, but it's the same stuff they found in the South Pole and other places on the Earth.

So when they say it impacts, like another media, remember, these scientists can't think in terms of the sun nova. What I'm trying to tell to everybody, this is not an easy process that happens. It's a complicated one. It's not just the sun. It's not just that the Earth surface rotation and the oceans keep going.

It's also the crust of the Earth, just like the oceans are going to start banging up against each other. So after the Moon gets glazed and melted by the Sun's nova, 78 hours later, the dust shell comes and puts a fresh new load of dust on top of it. They're grasping fish straws because they don't know where else or how else to explain it. Here they get a sample matter in their hand and they got a bunch of holes in it. A lot of the samples they're getting from Antarctica and other places, they don't know.

To try to get the fission track, look for fission tracks, the stuff that came back from the Moon in 69 and through the 70s, they were smart enough to look for fission tracks and they found plenty of them. In fact, all the glass bead, almost all the bucks bead I know of had fission tracks in it. And about five or six different radioactive elements, aluminum, aluminum, 26, berryum, ten, a bunch of them that could only have been formed from a stellar nova. You have to have relativistic temperatures. I don't know what this is, John here at Me Houston, but I'm going to pick it up because anything that stares at you, you better pick up.

It's a glass, but in this sunlight, it's reflecting red, green, like a rainbow. Found the first prism on the Moon, John. Something like that. Ten rock frags, a couple of which are one of which is some interesting black glass along the sides of it, another which is covered with black glass and many little glass beads all over the place here, John. Oh, boy.

That was one of those fractures that's all included with glass.

Yeah, glass fracture sets. I think the after on this one will be pretty interesting. Here's a rock with glass splatter all over its body. Hey, Tony, I just picked up one that is in bag 15 that has a black matrix, bluish black matrix with lap like either clasped or phenocrist in it, and it's right behind the limb here. I don't know whether that's what we're looking for or not.

Okay. That sounds good. Charlie. This seems to be one of the main reasons. In fact, all these missions talk about this.

They talk about this glass splatter and these glass debris samples they're picking up on the moon, which makes me believe that they were up there looking for glass splatters. They were looking for evidence of solar effects on the moon. And I think that the Chinese went up there on the far side of the moon to do exactly the same thing. You do that in West Texas and you get a rattlesnake here. You get permanently shattered soil.

How about rolling that one over? No way. Whitish to gray with a lot of zap pits in it.

Those are zap pits, yeah. In fact, Tony, the whole area there's a lot of this rock here. These are interesting because they had a glaze surface on top. A 64455 sample. It was this glazed top on it.

And then in another part of that sample, there were all these pellet shots in it. I think it's a very strong evidence path that our sun has a micronova event on a very regular period of time, and that we're seeing these samples on the moon as evidence of these events. A consistency of reports from around the world of catastrophes that are amazingly similar. But a lot of people thought it's just what people dream up when they have a lot of time or they're dreaming or whatever. It's just stuff that people naturally come up with.

Felikowski thought it was catastrophes that people witnessed and remembered. That's very different. What's called the 04:00 rapids, 56 concentric. Actually, it's less than that because these have started to undergo rotation. Here's one on the Navajo reservation.

Bronze Shield, third millennium, Middle East. This is a 56 raid from Kazakhstan. Somebody locked the doors because at this point, people are going to start escaping. But this is a 56 raid circle axis mundi from China. And these are actually drawn as paintbrushes.

The axis mundi here the tree coming up in the center. But anyway, the 56 are there in Arizona says same thing. Pick that one up. This is unfair. I picked the penumbra of a dense plasma focus, which also has 56.

But it's a plasma, so we would expect it. It's not what they taught you in school because they gave you nice encoded. But again, remember the people in the US. Government who saw the sun flare up and get the information back from the moon? When we brought the stuff back, they were mostly scared.

The sun does something terrible. They didn't know when they felt they had no power to change it. See, our tools have shown us things that they couldn't have possibly seen 50 and 70 years ago. Dome ceiling. Fifth Street Church, Seattle.

This is very close to the Forbidden City of China ceiling picture. These ceiling pictures show up and they generally have 56. This is brand new. This is the Grand Atrium in Saudi Arabia, which is brand new. And again, they didn't draw it circular, but they certainly put eight times seven panels of light around here, as well as some structure in the center that's Neolithic stone ruins.

So there are 56 circular filaments in our intense aurora that happened perhaps four millennia ago. And so Thomas Gold, Bradley Schaefer, Anthony Parat, Robert Shock, August Dunning, Douglas Vogt, myself, and literally everybody in the Astronomical Society of Japan, at very, very least, can say that the Carrington event is probably nowhere near as big as the sun can go. The voices from the past supporting this argument come from the Maya, the Aztec stories in India, China, pagan stories, aboriginal, African, Polynesian, and those in the Middle East, many of which are recorded in the Bible. During that time, the tunnels were built. During that time, the petroglyphs were carved that blame the sun.

Some of the stories actually survived from the pagans of Ragnarok. And this is something that I don't think anyone who studies the sun on long term scales should really ignore. If we're looking to answer the question of what can the sun do to the Earth, because it's one thing to look back at our ancestors and the stories they tell and say, you know what? You guys did a pretty good job inventing geometry, philosophy, architecture, but we're going to just take your most important stories and just going to pretend that you guys are crazy and made them up. That's one giant leap, especially when they could predict eclipses.

When somebody wants to build a lander that's going to go onto the Moon or it's going to go onto Mars, they have to get as realistic conditions as possible, right? One of the places they get this stuff is the exolith lab in central Florida. We got a bunch of their soils and we have a bunch here. But you guys remember we've got a plasma lab, don't we, down in Georgia? The very first time he simulated what this solar flash would do to the Moon, to the lunar soil, was absolutely incredible.

And then he blasted it. This is the equivalent black glass that they found on the Moon. The glazing of some of the rocks that are in there is the exact glazing that was found on the Moon. This required no meteoritic impact. It simply required the equivalent of a massive CME or nova shell discharge, or even what is possible through x rays going through the vacuum.

What you got on the left there is piece of muscovite mica. This is taken here on Earth. It is only the third ever found. Rare cosmological event. They say all of the black stuff around there, those are normal fission tracks.

That's real cosmic rays. That's what cosmic rays look like when they hit. But there's this. Exclusion zone around what they called a rare cosmological event. They know for a fact that it's not electrons or positrons and they represent a residually input positive charge that didn't discharge outward, but it discharged from the center.

And it looks exactly like the cosmic jet that blasts out of a star when it's born. It looks like the cosmic jets that you see from the center of a galaxy when it eats a star. And so how do you get a residual positive charge to basically bathe a crystal such that it takes it in and it can't discharge it out? It's still bathed in the stuff it has to discharge in the center. There's actually missing atoms in the center now.

They're not really missing. And I would argue that, while not definitive, something tremendous from the sun is not a terrible first hypothesis. The galactic trigger, the dust and gas mechanism for superflares and recurrent nova. The evidence on the Moon, the stories of our ancestors, the global nature of the disaster all point to the sun as the destroyer. But is it a superflare or a micronova?

And does it really matter? To look at this question, we will first investigate the recent history of magnetic events on Earth, starting with the one ongoing. Now, the key element in this overall process is one that has already begun to unfold again here. And the clock is ticking. As we move deeper into the shift, we know that Earth's magnetic field has begun an acceleration beyond its normal wander.

And coincident with that is the loss of field strength. Magnetic reversals as rapid as 80 years have been recorded in the paleomagnetic record. And we are already more than double that many years into the current shift. While moving more slowly than the record fast reversals things have begun to intensify. The Earth's magnetic field is currently decreasing by approximately 5% per decade, with the north and south magnetic poles set to meet in the eastern Indian Ocean.

While the north is moving much faster, the south has already left the continent of Antarctica. The timeline is on the scale of a few decades to a hundred years. Presuming things don't accelerate any further seem impossible. Well, these are the current motions and that is not disputed. But this magnetic meeting point scenario also has interesting coincidences and not a one of them is bright and sunny.

First, this region was an incredibly interesting place a few years ago until the data disappeared. All the information in this video is available for verification via the online buoy database maintained by NOAA Buoyan event mode south of Bali. For those who monitor the ocean, this is a familiar site. The tale of this buoy starts with another and begins long before there was such a thing as station 53 00:46. You will notice the primary areas of coverage from the Solomon Islands, east to the Kermadek Islands and up around to Sumatra.

All locations of powerful earthquakes in the last few years except this central three including 53 00:46 in the middle. Like I said, our story begins with a different buoy 560 zero three to the right. She's had a turbulent life, as you can see here. In October of 2008 they put her down and it was barely a month before the wild readings appeared. She was immediately taken offline.

During the time she was down, another buoy was put in 560 zero one to the left. Put down about 350 days later in October of 2009 she ran fine three came back at a much lower sea depth but in the exact same location before jumping back up in 2011. Station 560 zero one began deviating in November of 2011 and one must assume it was about that time they hatched a plan to add the third buoy to the group 53 00:46. It was a few months later, in mid 2012 when she began to send back information. Within a few months the action began short but significant drops in the sea depth.

This channel began reporting rapid seafloor rise and the buoy was taken out of commission by the Australian BOM. Clearly it is back and in the exact same place but when you factor in the further movement of the last 36 hours more than 100 more meters which is barely visible here at the end of the chart we have officially eclipsed the 1200 meters mark or just about 4000ft. This could be volcanic, could be related to the fault destabilization described in many of our previous videos. It looks like this part of the world is a significant place to watch. One of the biggest alternative news stories of that time was that a few days after this video aired the buoy disappeared and to this day both it and its data are gone.

Further complicating the story is that this region forms a geographically small triangle with the strongest magnetic point on Earth the south magnetic pole and with the Dragon's Triangle, Asia's version of the Bermuda Triangle. And indeed that new pole position is near where those airplanes disappeared in recent years. Now, since one pole might reasonably be expected to emerge on the opposite side of Earth we find that to be here in South America or perhaps just offshore forming a geographically small triangle with the weakest magnetic region on Earth the South Atlantic Anomaly and the Bermuda Triangle where airplanes may have been known to encounter a difficulty or two over time. So the magnetic poles are on a collision course at a point near the magnetic maximum point of Earth and the Dragon's Triangle with the other side of the world where the other pole would be happening to sit next to the magnetic minimum point of Earth and the Bermuda Triangle. This is not your normal polar wander, this is a true shift and Earth is already down approximately 20% in magnetic field strength and decreasing.

As if all these coincidences aren't enough. There is one more, and it is the big one. The Bay of Bengal Basin, just east of India, is now at the north pole. The Pacific Ocean just west of Peru is at the south pole. The only version of the catastrophe cycle that was classified by the CIA is also the only one that mentions the Indian Ocean and South America as being the next polar regions after Earth turns over again.

Chan Thomas's version says that is exactly where the new north and South Poles of Earth will be. You might also notice for the electromagnetically and geometrically inclined among you that from the new poles to those triangles and maximum and minimum magnetism points, we are forming 90 degree angles. For those who find it difficult to ignore facts lining up. That was seven, including real observation data, geomagnetism, and the sprinkling from the CIA. Now let's take a step back.

We have now come to a point where a considerable compounding of these pieces into a puzzle is required before moving forward.

The topic of Earth's catastrophe cycle has been well understood for centuries past the point of question to the search for a mechanism. It was not until the top secret geophysicist Charles Hapgood, parading as professor and author, put out a mutated version of the story that the topic itself became taboo for respectable scientists. And that version, easily debunked, never matched the evidence or the conclusions from the internal intelligence community of the day, of which Hapgood was a part. Einstein's final problem was not understanding how the crust unlocks from the mantle, not whether or not it occurs, and exactly how you disrupt the entire planet. They never looked outside the Earth.

The physical evidence and the stories that have survived point to the sun, and so does the mechanism currently believed to work for flares and recurrent nova, the key element of this process on Earth, the magnetic reversal, has already begun and is accelerating. And this indicates that we are entering the central galactic current sheet already. And it is clear what that dust, ions and magnetic field change means for the stars that we see, experience them on a much more regular basis. It means the type of thing that the geniuses of the past, who gave us philosophy, geometry and architecture found so crushing that they blamed gods. I decided that a magnetic reversal had an awful lot to do with the dinosaur extinction.

And then the more I researched, and the more I researched, I realized that magnetic reversals also, as far as I'm concerned, trigger ice ages and that they return in the cycle in a regular pattern that we should actually be able to predict when you have the onset of an ice age. Of course, here's the conundrum. The conundrum is that you've got to have a very large, rapid accumulation of glacial ice, which requires that the climate be cold enough that that ice does not melt disappear through seasonal melting. At the same time, you have to increase the amount of evaporation from the oceans in order to loft this much moisture into the air that can precipitate out as snow that ultimately is compressed into glacial ice. The problem is, as you can see, is that it requires heat.

So there's the kinds of conundrums that we're confronted with when looking at this. Our predecessors from a few generations ago had it a lot easier because they could imagine that the whole process took 100,000 years or longer. We don't have that luxury anymore. So what is going to happen to us for that? We look back past the current shift to the last one, the last few actually.

And few people have cataloged the repeating magnetic disaster in the last few decades as well as Douglas Vogt and Robert Felix although there is some question as to the exact timeline of the events. There is a series of global disasters that involve major magnetic events on Earth surge deposits from inundations of the sea filled with the bones of millions of animals and the deposition thereafter of incredible amounts of snow and ice. The evidence paints the scariest possible picture of the near future on Earth. Felix and Voge have done the best job analyzing the last few great geomagnetic events. The last one was the Gothenburg event.

It is believed to have occurred between 10,013 thousand years ago, 40 years after its discovery. There is still new evidence being unearthed mostly leaning towards the latter side of that scale. The data on the Monolake and Lake Mungo events is all over the place and to a diligent observer it actually appears that some of the researchers got those events confused over time, especially the ones in Antarctica. In reality it was almost certainly two events one nearer to the 24,000 years ago range and another closer to 35,000 years ago. The last Champ event is probably the most well studied excursion and it was a tremendous hardship on the biosphere, one of the worst we know of.

Lastly, the Antarctic course from Vostok do show another event in addition to the Lake event about 35,000 years ago and this one is about 60,000 years ago which does allow us to find one more solid event before the data is mostly lost amid erosion and time and geology. And so if we consider the Lake events at the two boundaries of that time data zone we basically have an event slightly less often than once every 10,000 years whether it is an exact cycle or not. The eleven to 13,000 year range appears to be solid and so about 12,000 years from the last one and with Earth's magnetic field starting to shift already and with only decades to go according to the math, less if things accelerate. There is every reason to believe that the long cycle timing and observable changes happening now are not coincidence or at very least you cannot presume it is a coincidence at least not with what's at stake. A recent paper in the world's number one geophysics journal highlights this disaster that looms on the geological horizon.

But it's not something that happens hundreds of thousands of years apart. We call them excursions, magnetic excursions, which is a term that's well integrated in the literature now. And these are very short lived reversals, but they're associated with minima in field intensity. And it's the minima in field intensity that are implicated. Because when you have low field strength, you enhance UVR.

How do you go from the heat and energetic input of the solar blast to an ice age? The answer will ultimately determine whether a solar aspect is a superflare or a micronova, sometimes admitting you don't know. At least your mind is open to look for more evidence. Right now, the pressing issue is, if I'm right, that this next glyceberg cycle is going to be when the reversal happens. I'm going to be, like 99 years old.

And some of you are probably not going to make it either in 27 years. But it's for the children and grandchildren and unborn generations. Odly as vastly more energetic as a nova event would be than a solar flare, it may bring about more of the cooling effects to our planet. To explain the ice ages occurring with the magnetic reversals, we must actually look to either that nova like event or the tilting of the Earth's crust, which vexed Einstein for a solution he never found beneath our feet. The sun does not bulge in blatant disrespect of physics.

It has a secret its cycles always build to greater crescendos, and the great solar blast could truly disrupt our entire planet. While Vote does not advocate for a tilt of Earth, he does advocate for a reversal of rotation. The stories of the sun rising in the wrong place, the stories of the long night where tribes believed the sun might never rise again. The stories of the sun standing still in the sky. All of those ancient stories from around the world complement those found in the rock.

Interestingly, either a 90 degree tilt and tilt back and forth, as was described by Chan Thomas, Albert Einstein and Major White, or the rotation reversal advocated by Vote. Both leave evidence of the poles residing in the same positions over millions of years, cycle after cycle, bouncing back to the same places, such that if you were to look over long periods of time, you might think the pole has never moved at all. Here it is, Einstein's hitting a brick wall. That actually gives us our best chance to know what's happening. Like Chan Thomas and all who came before him, einstein saw the tilting of the crust.

His problem is that the most likely geophysical actor is Greenland. Its massive ice weight creates an uneven distribution of mass in the northern hemisphere, which, due to centrifugal force of the planet's rotation, wants to spin at the equator. The problem of geophysics, which Einstein realized and never overcame, is that Greenland is unlikely to ever gain quite enough ice mass to unlock the rocky crust from the liquid mantle and float freely. It is that unlocking of the crust that is so critical to the crustal tilt possibility. Einstein, major White, the researchers throughout history, and Chan Thomas are all focusing on what's known as the low velocity zone, a thin barrier between the rocky crust and fluid mantle, but which acts like plastic due to a delicate thermoelectric equilibrium, meaning the temperature and electrical activity, create the plasticity and the friction.

If that equilibrium were to be disrupted, it would allow the crust to float freely on the mantle and allow for any number of tilt or plate collision scenarios to occur. Well, how do you disrupt thermoelectric equilibrium that's creating the low velocity zone? A major solar blast. Such an eruption would immediately change viscosity in the magma due to cosmic ray bombardment and also cause temperature changes, which would only add to the temperature changes resulting from any induced currents that resulted when the shockwave hit Earth's magnetic field. Those events are indeed globally induced, and they are electric.

We may also scale up the two known drivers of length of day glitches. Believe it or not, those are real. They are usually small glitches, self correcting, or spread over long periods of time, and are either caused by major solar storms, geomagnetic jerks from Earth's core, or in the case of the longer term variations, earth's long term magnetic field changes. Now, since the length of day means we are talking about rotation speed and crustal motion atop the mantle, it bears mentioning that in the greatest solar storm imaginable which could induce current all the way to Earth's core if we know modern day blasts can affect the mantle makes for possibly combining the two causes of rotation speed glitches in the same energetic solar mechanism that would satisfy the ancient stories. Disrupt the low velocity zone and unlock the crust.

We are now at the second time. We have found ourselves confronting way too many coincidences to ignore. So is it a micronova or a superflare? A recent study has confirmed that magnetization reversal of an entire body of material can occur simply with the application of an appropriate electric field. A superflare has the energy to electrically disrupt the entire solar system, let alone one piece of one planet, potentially unlocking the low velocity zone and the tilted crust thereafter freezes.

Brand new locations at the poles puts ice at the equator to reflect sunlight, cool the air, release cold freshwater melt and fog from the process that would further block out sunlight. If it is a nova, regardless of any crustal or rotation events, there would be a dusty remains in the inner solar system and in the atmosphere for weeks, months and maybe longer. The sun would be dimmed as though from a volcanic winter. And those volcanoes are part of this event as well, if you'll recall adding to the freezing in both situations. This is what the scientists have studied for centuries.

This is what they have been trying to explain. This is what we have coming again to Earth as a new cycle. And nova's, tempest, a new age begins again. Nova or superflare, you may be able to get there both ways. It's a little bit difficult to go back and to say, well, the story is not exactly so.

We have the phenomena from all places, from the bottom of the sea with ash and with nickel, which is of meteoric origin. The terrestrial axis moved. That paleomagnetism proves that magnetic accidents, possibly like Rankan and other of Manchester, claim that the Earth turned over. We know now, from observation of Professor Danjon, director of Paris Observatory, that flares in the sun may influence the speed of rotation of the Earth and there were sudden changes. We generally don't like to know that we are traveling on an accident prone planet.

What were all these ancient people saying? What were all these people trying to remember? We must take the words left to us in generations of oral histories and written records of observations in the sky as instances of events that were not the norm. They were so important and unusual. But they have come through time as warnings left by our brothers and sisters, the ancient past.

These events were not lunar eclipses or earthquakes. Now, in this time, with our understanding of celestial mechanics, atmospheric and geological sciences, we must try to make sense of these recorded events and untangle them from worship and prophecy. It's time to look at them for what they actually provide as a roadmap of things to come. We can ask the question has the Earth stopped rotating for any length of time in recorded history? And the voices call out to us from the ancient Middle East, the Book of Joshua in 14 five BC.

O sun stand still over Gibion o moon over the valley of Aijion 1013 the sun stood still and the moon stood motionless, while the nation took vengeance on its enemies. The event is recorded in the scroll of the Upright One. The sun stood motionless in the middle of the sky. It did not set for a full day. And those same voices call out to us from ancient Peru also.

In 14 five BC. The 40th inca, Capac was Pachatudi, the reformer that started the worship of the sun god Inti. In 14 five there occurred a frightening darkness. Quote good customs were forgotten and people were given to all manner of vice. There was no dawn for 20 hours.

After a great outcry, confessions of sins and sacrifices and prayers, the sun finally rose. Has the world experienced a global cataclysm before? And will it happen again? And what was remembered and how is it described to begin again? The voices call out from the ancient American indians.

And this is the 9th and last sign you will hear a dwelling place in the heavens above the Earth that shall fall in a great crash. It will appear as a blue star. Very soon after this, the ceremonies of my people will cease. As this cataclysm happened before. The voices call out from ancient China, there were seen fire breathing dragons leaping into the sky.

They call out from ancient Siberia. The Earth was on fire from both horizons, and they call again from the ancient past. And the voices of the Inca at the Enthu Quatana was a stone cut with great precision to observe and measure the movements of the sun. The name meant that which binds the sun, and it makes it return, least it disappear, returning the Earth into a darkness that had occurred once before. According to the legends.

Did the Inca, Chinese, Siberians and the rest remember the last micronova event in their oral histories? We need to take these people seriously. Now, let's take a moment for the respect of geophysics and things like basic inertia of the Earth's rotation being unimaginably. Unstoppable. That indeed is the current prison from which Earth's catastrophe cycle must escape.

The tilting of Earth's crust is restrained by the evidence that the poles and the ice existing at the polar regions have done so for millions of years. And both the tilting crust and boats rotation reversal are battling the force of inertia of our rotation. The reason that the poles and ice matter is because the entire topic of catastrophe was umbrellaed under Charles Hapgood's absurd version, where seven degree tilts happen randomly and over a thousand years, and never tilted back to put the poles in their original positions. This concept was easily debunked. And there went the field of study.

However, the previous versions to Hapkutz vote's rotation change major White's insider version and the Chan Thomas classified version all put the polls in the same places over millions of years. Furthermore, the most highly cited work on past poll positions, which was used to debunk Hapgood's work and which was used to crush the field of catastrophes as a whole, actually has a correction paper published which was cited far, far less often and which nobody really remembers. But it changed the past pole positions from the original publication, in some cases, to the point where the original paper had them on the opposite side of the planet. As wrong as you can be with the polar search, another of the well cited papers debunking the Polar motion came from a bachelor's student at Columbia. While in theory a major paper does not require a major degree, this student worked under the CIA controlled programs at Columbia at the time when it was becoming so rampant and overbearing that the local community had begun an uproar.

This is how you control a scientific theory. Whether we further investigate the problem of the Poles in the past or we cling to the concepts that don't require them. The only reason this topic is considered pseudoscience is because a wildly mutated version of the story was put out by a CIA agent masquerading as a professor and which somehow overthrew the centuries of study and literally the world of evidence. One of the things that you and I have been talking about are the idea of these micronova events on the sun, these periodic cyclical eruptions on many stars based on the Kepler two satellite data, and that as this stuff is sprayed out into the universe around our inner solar system and that these things could have been blasted out from the sun in these periodic explosions and that could have been deposited on the Moon, on Earth, on Mars. The fact that they're only about 12 miles down indicates they're not deep penetrator meteor impacts.

So it leads me now to believe that these magnetic anomalies, if not all of them, certainly some of them, could be from solar eruptions and this is just solar material that has splattered out and these planets have run into in this huge cloud of debris once the sun releases these nova masses.

End of the last Ice Age, we had catastrophic rains, catastrophic flooding. I believe this goes along with the solar outburst at the time which caused glacial melting virtually instantaneously in the ice core records and in the sediment records, but particularly the ice core record. We see that we snapped out the end of the last ice Age virtually overnight. I mean, literally the microstratigraphy. Is that accurate?

And what happens to what could be the cause of coming out of the Ice Age so quickly? We're talking incredible temperature increase and based on many lines of evidence I've now been accumulating. I'm convinced this was a major solar outburst, a major solar event. I'm now convinced that we have direct evidence on the Giza Plateau of a, quote, lightning strike, unquote, which would not be a lightning strike in the sense of normal thunderstorms, that type of thing. But I'm convinced that it probably is indicative of what was happening at the end of the last ice Age and that the Giza Plateau itself was literally hit during the solar outburst.

But I now am convinced that we have on the plateau direct evidence of this as we have elsewhere on Earth. And it turns out on the plateau was found something known as the inventory stella. And this is something I've been studying in great detail with my colleague Dr. Manu Seif side. And it talks about Khufu, the supposed builder of the Great Pyramid acknowledging that the Sphinx was already there and that the Sphinx had been struck by, quote, lightning in much more ancient times.

The lightning strike that he speaks of is between the second pyramid and the Sphinx. So the pyramid with the capstone, if you will, there that's still intact and between that and the Sphinx, the back end of the Sphinx. So it's vitrification everywhere and a big scar going deep into the ground. We have major vitrification because of this, quote, lightning striking. Again, I would stress it's well beyond anything that you would get with normal atmospheric thunderstorms.

But vitrification there, I'm convinced, as we're finding elsewhere, that ties in with the phenomena. And I'll use the term cataclysm. At the end of the last, I say when you have vitrification at this level on something like the Giza Plateau, it could not be a meteorite or comet or asteroid because that would have literally destroyed you wouldn't have the monuments left on the inventory. Stella, it talks about this huge lightning bolt knocking off part of the back, basically, of the Sphinx. There is a concern for the lower level L shell magnetic fields, the smaller arches instead of the global fields connecting to the polar regions.

In most solar blasts, even the worst ones, we only see every decade or so. Now, the magnetosphere of Earth compresses down to those outer L shells but still connects to the polar region in the most exposed outer zones. But in the extreme scenario, it could be very different. The modeling of the great solar storm of 1859, for example, which lit telegraph wires on fire and shocked operators came close to hitting the lowest level L shells. And if that were to actually happen on Earth in a superflare or micronova then you get the potential for a magnetar type discharge where its own processes are thought to surge energy through its L shell fields, arc down and literally crack the surface of the star.

At that point, the loss of power grids might be one of the lesser concerns. As for the electric geology, lab results confirm this action on terrestrial planets. The only question is did it happen before and could it happen know? You have to bring in new evidence and it has to adjust your theory because theories are just theories. Now, one of the interesting thing about the Clementine mission is it took magnetic readings of the entire surface of the moon and found the largest magnetic anomalies on the far side of the moon around Von Carmen and Lehmit's craters on the far side, which is exactly where the Chinese just landed a lander.

Does China know? Does the US. Government know? All the information shared here is published in major journals with, admittedly, a bit of connect the dots as well, trying to fill in the gaps of the researchers throughout history with the tools they didn't have. Certainly it seems like the CIA had it pegged decades ago at least.

The fact that there was a cyclical catastrophe and perhaps as early as Major White's Project Nanuk expedition to the North Pole. It all relates to the all important question of survival in the catastrophe. And the only good news we have to deliver in this presentation there is evidence of tremendous retreat of the populace into caves and tunnels. Thousands of. Years ago.

Multiple times, actually. These tunnels have been reused countless times over history, including during wartime and by smugglers. But their purpose was once to house the humans, who, for some reason, could not remain at the surface. As terrible as this event is, we must remember that we are here today. So we have survived countless catastrophes and come out on top of this world.

We are survivors. Our government appears to believe it has what it takes for the country to survive what may have begun as underground shelter for the military elites, and which may have expanded as the result of threat of nuclear war in the mid 20th century. What exists now is a complex, interconnected underground world, far greater in capacity than could ever be needed by the military. One must genuinely begin to ask how many people could fit down there? There are many maps on the Internet and lists of deep bunkers and bases, but these are just the ones we know about.

Most on these maps are even acknowledged publicly. There's no telling just how much more exists and how ready the country really is. The US. Government knows some of this stuff. They know the sun does Nova.

There's no debate about that. The question is, they don't want you guys to know about it. If it's no longer a secret, there's no point in keeping it a secret. They're desperately looking for any other explanation. Don't look at the sun.

That's it. That same sort of luck that will leave survivors worldwide afar from tsunamis and volcanoes and ice storms will be the same sort of luck made for people by themselves by being prepared and getting that head start. In terms of best chance to prolong your use of these devices, don't rely on batteries. Find a small solar panel portable with USB output and get devices that have USB charging capability. There's no reason you might not be able to use those devices for a long time.

A long time? Yes. Then there is the long haul, provided we aren't all whisked underground into an unimaginable catacomb beneath us in the greatest feat of engineering in history. There is no reason you cannot do what your ancestors did. You may not live that way now, and you may be dependent on electricity, but the fact that we know how they live back then means we have the tools at our fingertips.

In the age of information, how convenient it would rise before the fall. Here is a bit more on the intellectual side of prepping, but from a nontangible perspective, a scene from one of the episodes preceding this infomentary. This event would be extreme. You can survive it, but the shock and awe to the circuitry inside is real. If you've ever seen someone in legitimate shock, you know that that cannot be you.

If your children are depending on you, this fortress must be ready. A key aspect of mental practice is informational situational awareness. Is key. And as example, I'll use New Mexico, where I live. Good to know where the waterways are, especially in a desert.

Even a small stream nearby can be a bounty. If you know about local elevation, that helps, too, especially in relation to ocean proximity, snow caps or other temperature change between peak and canyon at the same latitude. Other sites to know, and everyone knows Carlsbad Caverns around here, so maybe some others might make your list. Certainly, the mining operation maps of your local area could be good in case you need to flee cosmic plasma or into the warmer rock of the crust. And for the same reason, the cavern systems of your area are good things to know as well.

It is critical that you apply these basic principles to your own situation, for your own awareness, to mitigate the system shock of the event. There is no real way to prepare for what terrified our ancestors, what glazed the moon, and which may happen again. But you simply don't have time to think about these things at that moment. It is as important to understand them now as it is to stock food, water, and seeds. So what are the two key aspects to mental prepping here of the nontangible nature?

First, this event will be shocking, but even knowing what could be coming gives you a heads up on the completely uninformed. Strength is key in those moments when courage is the most elusive. Second, some of you will want to bug out to safe locations. Others will want to stay in your castle with all your supplies. That decision cannot be made on the fly.

You don't have time to plot a route or figure out if you're staying or going. You don't have time to go get those books at the store. You have to have a certain amount of mental prepping done beforehand. Now, true enough, if your part of the world sinks into the sea like Atlantis, or a piece of a micronova shell lands on your head, there isn't much you're going to do. But for the lucky that will be spared across the world, most will be petrified.

A select few will be prepared, will know it's coming, and will have made decisions beforehand. We will have some final questions to answer here, and then I need to summarize the entire story once more with the impetus for awareness and action on the part of everyone alive and for the generations to come. The questions that remain concern the nature of the blast, the stability of Earth's tilt and rotation, and therefore the cause of the Ice Age. What I find most interesting is that if the sun micronovas every 12,000 years or so, its superflare production must be on a few thousands of years, timescale likely the halstat cycle of around 2400 years. The nova clearly triggers the cold due to blocking out sunlight, but the superflare lacks the dust and may not unlock the crust, maybe a heating event.

Only here we find the differences between Dr. Robert Shock and Douglas Vote to be the most prominent, most helpful and most telling. Dr. Shock seems to be describing the rapid and cataclysmic end of the Younger Dryas Ice Age. While Vote is concerned only with how the Younger Dryas cold began.

Shock has also come to focus on the few thousands of years scale, as has Dr. Anthony Parat. And they may indeed be describing one of the more recent superflare catastrophes either one and we're done. At the end of the day, the evidence on the earth, the moon, in other recurrent nova, in the magnetic cycle of Earth and in the work of Cuvier, Deluc, Hibbens, Einstein, Thomas and White, we see pointing to a more devastating long term harmonic of the cycle where the sun stands still in the sky at the axis point, where the Earth turns over and where the sun and galaxy combine as the sword and the hand, striking this violence into the biosphere. Some basic math tells us that if the equator spins at 1000 miles an hour and it took even as little as 1 hour to stop rotation, it is still only a deceleration of 17 mph/minute.

Not the kind of thing that's going to throw you against the wall. And while it would inundate the coastal regions like a massive global tsunami, it would not raise the Pacific 2 miles high. And something tells me 1 hour is too fast, making the push potentially even less. But still there is evidence of waves taking out entire continents. And so the rise and fall of land like Atlantis, New and Lemuria must be considered.

The last one of these events appears to have been about 12,000 years ago. The magnetic field of Earth has begun to shift and accelerate, indicating that the solar system may be entering this electric current sheet and galactic magnetic reversal region already. If so, the current rate of change gives us two to three generations. And that is if it does not speed up anymore. A similar speedup to the 19 hundreds or the first decade of this century could push us over the edge at any time.

The sun cannot hide from the Earth. Its only weakness, knowledge is power. Here, in the most obvious form, we have all the tools to remain informed and track the sun, the magnetic field and seismic activity at the low velocity zone of Earth. If I may leave you with two final thoughts. First, modern science emboldens the position of Einstein, Chan, Thomas and Major White.

And second, we are better equipped than any civilization in history. It is your choice whether you succumb to fear or disbelief or if you make the time to be informed and prepared. Just in case there's more evidence to be uncovered right beneath our feet. In July 2019, they discovered that Florida shell beds contained microtechtite glass beads of space origin. So I decided to go get some.

The professors were very kind. The shell beds are beyond anything I would have imagined. And they let me take various samples with me. We have shells from various layers of strata, including burned layers and those that are more pristine. We believe much of the treasure lies in the material packed and preserved inside the larger shells, of which we have many.

We will search for the glass beads in these samples and try to do fission track testing. They did it for the lunar soil, but they skipped it with the glass beads on Earth. Do they have transuranic elements? Aluminum 26? I want to find out.

Hey, welcome, fellow observers. I hope you enjoyed that full length movie. I'd just like to thank Ben for putting that together. That is no easy task. You may recognize my voice.

So I'm a frequent contributor on the fly, on the Wall podcast. I am an often presenter at the Observing the Frontier, and I'm reporting to you live from Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, which is actually the town where Ben and I grew up, next door to each other. So it's been a very long and interesting and exciting journey together that we've all taken Adam and Eve's story by Chan Thomas. So we actually, in our possession, have a copy of this book. And if you check out the website suspectsky.com, you'll be interested to see that there are PDF versions for download for free available to the public.

For all of you that are watching this video, you've done a tremendous thing. You have educated and made yourself aware of probably the biggest and most important story facing our Earth today, and that is the pending catastrophe cycle. Another thing, we didn't even get a chance to talk really much about Mars. There's direct evidence of a major crustal shift on Mars. There are these magnetic anomalies that are geometrically perfect matches for some of the famous volcanoes there.

But they're not geologic matches, geographic matches. They're not in the same place. Almost as though the volcanoes and these magnetic anomalies once did line up, but after a crustal shift, they didn't anymore. This really could have been a six hour documentary. There is a lot still to do.

We're not going anywhere. And a lot of the people that we heard from in this documentary, they are on board, continuing to do research, committed to do the research. Many of them are coming to Observing the Frontier 2020, where a lot of the updates and new information will come out. Really, this is just the beginning of the story of the end.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


🚀 Cosmic Rays & Climate: The Overlooked Connection – CLIMATE FORCING – Our Future is Cold

🚀 Cosmic Rays & Climate: The Overlooked Connection - CLIMATE FORCING - Our Future is Cold

🚀 Cosmic Rays & Climate: The Overlooked Connection - CLIMATE FORCING - Our Future is Cold

Episode Summary:

Ben Davidson from Space Weather News presents a film discussing the foundational issues in climate science. The film emphasizes that while the majority of studies rely on base models and assumptions, these models have significant flaws. One major flaw is the reliance on total solar irradiance (TSI) to measure the sun's influence on climate. TSI only accounts for a small variation in the sun's energy, ignoring significant energy surges from solar flares. These surges, which are not accounted for in climate models, are mistakenly attributed to human-induced factors. The film also highlights the importance of understanding the full spectrum of solar forcing, including energy waves, solar wind, and magnetic connections. Cosmic rays, originating from supernovae and other distant events, also play a role in climate change. The film suggests that the current understanding of climate science is built on shaky foundations and needs a more comprehensive approach.

#BenDavidson #SpaceWeatherNews #ClimateScience #Foundations #BaseModels #Assumptions #Flaws #TotalSolarIrradiance #SunInfluence #EnergySurges #SolarFlares #HumanFactors #SolarForcing #EnergyWaves #SolarWind #MagneticConnections #CosmicRays #Supernovae #DistantEvents #ClimateChange #ShakyFoundations #ComprehensiveApproach #Critique #Reliance #TSI

🚀 Cosmic Rays & Climate: The Overlooked Connection - CLIMATE FORCING - Our Future is Cold

Hello. My name is Ben Davidson with Space Weather News, and I want to thank you for watching this third and final infomentary film we're putting out in August 2019. The professor and I hope you enjoy it and that you come away informed. Let's not waste any time and get right to it.

This topic is going to be difficult enough without a political discussion, so let's wipe it off the table. Now. This is the air we breathe, the water we drink, the soil in which we grow our crops. That right. There is enough of a reason not to pollute it.

We are, in fact, 100% antipollution. We favor stronger restrictions on polluters and even things such as retroactive cleanup provisions and other penalties. We do hope that this video can remain outside of any sort of policy confusion such as this. It is about nothing other than a scientific point that supersedes all of climate science. It is important that we establish, first and foremost, that indeed, the entirety of climate science is constructed upon a few key foundations.

If there's one problem or multiple problems, it jeopardizes the whole. Thousands of studies out there don't individually go and recreate a model of the Earth. They use base models and widely accepted assumptions. And these models were created to make those studies easier. This is what the scientists are supposed to be doing.

The problem is that the model has three insurmountable and relatively obvious flaws, and those are shared at the foundational level of all of those papers, the ones making up the 97%. And they have the practical effect of rigging the studies to come out one way. Now, here's a way to think about modern climate science. It's like a mansion, a skyscraper constructing a megacity. But like every structure, it has its foundations.

They must be built strongly and without missing steps, or you do risk the stability of the entire structure above. Well, what happens when a Leviathan like climate science is built on entirely poor foundations, even with pristine glass and offices and apartments and restaurants gracing the walls above the ground? In the great megacity of climate science, the foundations are flawed. And because of that, all of this must collapse.

It's it you should be skeptical of the claim. As laid out, it is extreme and requires proof for an academic mind to cradle. But incredulities and skepticism aside, you should be able to grasp the simple foundational concept to which we alluded if the foundations fail, it doesn't matter how many scientists and thousands or millions of papers stand upon them, they will all fall. I would argue that to deny this is indicative of a nonacademic mind. And so under this accord, we proceed.

This truly is an accurate way, very arguably oversimplified, true, but this is a 100% accurate way to write the equation for climate change. You have what the Earth is naturally doing. You have what humans are doing. And the total of that is the total climate change very very simple when it comes to natural variability. That's things like the sun, things like albedo of the planet, that's how much light gets reflected off of white clouds or ice versus gets absorbed and integrated and transformed into heat.

Eventually volcanoes in how they block out sunlight. And of course Milankovich cycles precession both axial and the apsidal procession. So all of these things would be part of natural variability. The human changes to the planet are mostly chemical in terms of carbon emissions, things like that, deforestation urban heat islands and other smaller localized things like that. And true enough, if you get all of these pieces correct, then everything will work.

But the problem is, with what I've circled there at the bottom left, if we don't have the natural variability portion of this equation down firm, then by definition we can't get the human changes portion correct. For the entire history of modern climate science, the sun's influence has been described by total solar irradiance, a measure of the sun's effect on the upper atmosphere. It looks like this when charted with an eleven year up and down, due to the fact that the sun has an eleven year sunspot cycle. When there are more sunspots, we get more irradiance. At Earth, this variation is small, however, only 0.1% over that eleven year cycle.

That's a change of just one 10th of 1%. Even during the sun's ultimate low points called grand minima, which occur every few centuries, we are barely looking at 0.2% lower energy received. This is not a lot of variability. And furthermore, since the upper atmosphere thermal coupling, the heating due to the sun slowly trickles down through the stratosphere in the lower atmosphere with lots of mixing, there has been a longstanding presumption that the sun's output has little effect on climate change. But now, here is where the problems begin.

Do you see all these spikes downward? Well, some of those are things like the Venus transit or long full eclipses, but the vast majority of the spikes down are major solar flare events on the sun. An excellent example happened in early September 2017. The largest solar flares in twelve years began pounding Earth with xray radiation, high energy protons, and they induced electric currents through the atmosphere and the ground. It was a titanic surge of energy to Earth.

But this is what showed up on the charts, a drop in energy. This is wholly backwards in climate models. These events show that the sun dropped energy. So since it did not, the equation for climate change must increase the human effects to balance out the equation. Even worse, the actual increase in energy from the sun is missing.

And so that energy, when accounted for in climate models, also gets blamed on humans. In terms of ill gotten gains, that's a twofer. But how could the upper atmosphere show a drop in energy received from the sun during such incredibly powerful events? Well, the answer is simple. Not all of the Sun's energy is received at the upper atmosphere.

In order to properly understand the failings of total solar irradiance we must fully understand the expanse of solar forcing. There are three basic ways the Sun's energy arrives at Earth energy waves like xrays ultraviolet and obviously the visible light we see. The sun puts out the particle solar wind 24 hours a day and major solar flares can increase the particle burst by up to hundreds or thousands of times. The Earth is also directly connected to the sun magnetically. Earth's magnetic field is literally entwined with the Sun's allowing for a full exchange of energetic particles that bypasses Earth's own protective magnetic shell.

There are also the particle effects of cosmic rays. These are generally atomic nuclei that break out into particle cascades of various nature electric charge and interaction potential. These generally come from distant supernova or other energetic events in distant space. Part of the problem is that when people do correlations on the eleven year solar cycle there's a whole lot of things that vary the sunspot number, ten centimeter radio flux, the magnesium iron line, the total solar irradiance. But also we've got the flux coming from the solar wind and it has lots of day to day variations as do the geomagnetic disturbances on the Earth.

And also there's an effect on the galactic cosmic ray flux. When we consider the conundrum of the total solar irradiance drop during major solar flares we must recognize that the changes in solar output cannot be measured in simple percents but require larger scales of comparison. In X rays, we see 100 to 100,000 times increase over minutes to hours. Solar wind phenomenal increases. Again, we're talking orders of magnitude in terms of the energetic particle flux specifically the protons, the high energy protons.

Those can have ten to 1000 times increase. It's difficult to say exactly how much of an effect those have on the ionosphere potential that translated or transformed down into the global electric circuit and things like that. Now, despite everything you see up there at the top the official solar heating influence of the event is in the negative. So here we have phenomenal increases. These are the biggest deliveries of energy from the sun to Earth and they show up as zero five to zero 3% decreases in the amount of energy the sun has given us.

Well, it results in climate change and you can't account for it in the natural variability because you're only looking at TSI. So you have all of that reinforcing and where do you have to put it in the equation? You have to put it on the human changes. So true enough, the actual difference is attributed to human induced global warming. Not just what the sun actually does but the false decrease that is shown in the actual solar input.

And so what that means is for the history of climate science what is more than 140 years of solar flares and CMEs pounding our planet, not just missing, not just showing up as negative solar energy, but they are included on the human side of that equation. By definition, this is a big problem. And then you realize that the problem when you're looking at the period of global warming, might be an even more extreme case. This paper came out and it's been recited a number of times, although I don't think any of the citations really do anything to further the point made in the original work, and none of the original authors are in the subsequent ones, so I figured I'd go back to where it actually came from. But during this period of global warming, basically the kicking in, there was twice as many CMEs as there were now as we're coming out of grand solar Maximum, and as there were a hundred years ago, at the start of the 19 hundreds we mentioned, grand minimum.

But what about the sun's? Grand maximum. As you just heard, we are exiting it now. And indeed it appears that you have to go all the way back, more than 10,000 years to find a grand maximum, anything like the one we just had from the 1940s up to the start of this century. Coincidence, I'm sure, its occurrence concurrent with escalating temperatures.

This is the nice, neat little box in picture of climate science. If you're a mainstream climate scientist, you have the 0.1% varying over the eleven year cycle top down solar forcing. It's a thermal coupling that starts at the stratosphere and slowly meanders its way down, and everything else that the sun does counts as human forcing. Well, let's take a look at what we can learn from the 600 peer reviewed papers since 2010. And this is where I'm sort of going to pick up with the most recent stuff.

And so we know that there's not just this 0.1% top down solar forcing in the thermal coupling realm, but there are these oscillation and circulation modulations, say, that a bunch of times fast. And these are also thermal couplings as well. They involve much longer term holding of that energy by the oceans and by the atmosphere, and they do involve albedo a lot more. And these are, again, our thermal couplings. These would be all the papers that show there's a relationship between the sun and El Nino or La Nina, the sun and North Atlantic Oscillation, northern annular mode, southern annular mode, even the Quasi Biennial Oscillation.

Pretty much any of these you can think of. They have found these signatures of the solar cycle, but there's also this total vertical column modulation, and this is an electromagnetic coupling. And that is wholly missed by most of the models. Particles, currents, magnetic fields, these are literally thousands of times harder to model than simple thermal exchanges. And most of their effect is not found in the upper atmosphere, but throughout the atmosphere.

And sometimes even the ground, which makes total solar irradiance focus on only the upper atmosphere a major problem. There is no good argument for ignoring this total vertical column modulation. And so just to give you guys an idea of what this looks like so this is mainstream climate science with natural variability. From the sun, we have ultraviolet that hits the upper atmosphere and middle atmosphere. It slowly trickles down through global heating and this is a direct thermal absorption.

Now, that little block right there is not going to change. I've just blacked out everything else. And so I'm going to take away the black, realize that the ultraviolet portion is still going to stay there. And so this is what these 600 papers actually show us that we have from the cosmic rays and the sun. We have a wide, very broad picture of forcing particle wise in terms of electromagnetic fields and yes, in terms of the electromagnetic waves as well.

And so running down this really quickly over on the left side, we have the cosmic rays. When it comes to the cosmic rays or the electromagnetic particles, you can really break these up into the super high energy cosmic nuclei that are created in supernova. Those are the ones that can actually make it down into the mantle. Those are the ones that are absorbed by the silica rich magma. And we've now seen three papers on how cosmic rays trigger explosive volcanic eruptions.

The majority of the cosmic rays are really just higher energy protons and some electrons. And those are mostly integrating with the magnetosphere ionosphere and performing those breakout cascades when they make it to the upper atmosphere. And then of course, we have the solar wind, which directly electromagnetically couples with a magnetosphere and ionosphere. And below there in the yellow, you can see that there's that vertical column pressure. And we're going to come back to that.

Hopefully some of you are already getting a picture of what that means. If you can picture when we pull the wind maps and you can see there really are these circular column cells of unified wind motion. Looking at the electromagnetic waves, there's another sign to the right of the ultraviolet and that would be the X ray radiation, which is also not included in the climate models, but this is absorbed directly in the ionosphere and upper atmosphere. And that plays a role into the global electric circuit because the global electric circuit ceiling is the ionosphere and it has multiple floors, so to speak, at different cloud layers at the surface and at a couple of different layers of the crust as well. And so that X ray radiation, even though it is waveform and it's very much thermally absorbed up at the top, it also has a direct tie into the global electric circuit.

And so this would be what would be down below here, because the chart doesn't just end right here. So let's take these two columns over on the right and come down to the upper level patterns that you really see when it comes to the electromagnetic wave modulation, specifically the polar vortex events and the jet streams. The jet streams are mostly affected by the absorption of electromagnetic frequencies, mostly X rays. Those also affect the polar vortices, but also the particles that would be the Xpen, protons, electrons, neutrons, things like that. And what we see, it's very, very simple.

When the sun is blasting hard and giving us a lot of this energy, they are able to take in a lot of this energy. It's a positive correlation. They stay strong, they stay flat, they stay tight. So when the sun is really blasting out, the jet streams are relatively flat. The polar vortex is tight and flat.

Up at the poles, when we lack the solar energy, we start to get this wavy jet stream and sometimes it can actually wave too hard and lock up on itself in what they call the Omega jet stream block, the Omega block. And when it happens with the polar vortex, it loosens and becomes really wavy. And when it becomes too wavy, we get these polar vortex events that come down into the States and over Europe and really cause these snow and cold records to fall by the dozens as we've seen. And of course, so high solar activity is going to mean warmer weather, less extreme weather in terms of what the jets are causing. Weak solar activity means colder events and more extreme precipitation events in terms of the jet stream blocking.

That's how you get those areas where it basically just rains for days and days and it seems like the low pressure cell is stuck there and is just spinning in place. Happened a couple of times in 2011. Pretty good. So if you could take the previous cosmic ray column on the left and you could break that down. So we can actually see that there are, in fact, three sources of cosmic rays.

There are the cosmic ray nuclei from the galaxy and beyond. There are the solar energetic particles, quite obviously from the sun. And then there are the relativistic electrons from Earth's own Van Allen Taurus. So, like when we get a strong CME compressing the magnetosphere, and it's known that it pushes the Van Allen belts down into the upper atmosphere, we've seen that happen. We've detected it.

That's also where the relativistic electrons, some at the same kind of energy levels as some cosmic rays, are penetrating down through the atmosphere as well. When we get high solar activity, it pushes the Hadley cells towards the polar region. This in turn pushes the subtropical jet and the polar jets towards the polar region, which is one of the reasons why whether you're looking at the inner tropical convergence zone or the jet stream divide of hot and cold, air. You get more of the tropical heat spread to mid latitudes during the high solar activity when the Hadley cells are trying to expand because they're taking in more of that energy and they're pushing everything a bit towards the poles and the polar cells. This is really where you have to remember that there are these Berkeley sheets and the way the European Space Agency drew that you can't call them Berkeley currents.

You have to call them Berkeley sheets. The way they basically come in in layers right there around the auroral circle. These are the things that are really interacting with not only the total vertical column of pressure, but the polar cells. So you can see on the left what basically I show up in the atmosphere. And by the way, all I did was reverse the color from NASA's graph.

That is NASA's graph. I just reversed the color because I think it's prettier. So we have that motion, but it's not just a motion in place. You see the arrows that are actually on the planet, how they're sort of going in a helix around the world. And so you have to think of that full three dimensional motion when you're thinking about this.

So we have both the motion that you see up in the atmosphere. We also have this corkscrewing motion across the planet. And they corkscrew opposite one another in terms of ferro polar and the ferrule and the Hadley cells. And then in addition to these motions, we have the total vertical column of the air that's spinning like this in lows or spinning the other way coming down in the highs. I mentioned the oscillation circulation modulation.

Another way to say that is the oscillations in the modes, the northern annular mode, southern annular mode. This one is phenomenally easy. We'll start on the right with the Quasi Biennial oscillation. High solar activity, decreased effects of the QBO, low solar activity, increased effects of the QBO. Probably not due to necessarily the sun, but its modulation of cosmic rays.

The much more important part of this is there is virtually unanimous agreement among the papers that are out there that the positive negative phase forcing of high low solar activity on all of these oscillations ENSO, NAO, PDO, Amo, Nam, Sam, all of them, it's direct high solar activity is going to push it towards the positive phase. Low solar activity pushes it towards the negative phase. It is not controlling. But it is also not a coincidence either that the weak El Ninos occur when there's low solar activity and the strong El Ninos occur during high solar activity. And the opposite for the La Ninas.

It's not as though the solar cycle is going to command that El Ninos stick around for four and a half, five years and La Nina stick around for four and a half, five years. Those are going to have their own oscillation. But is it a strong El Nino? A weak El Nino? Why don't you ask the sun what it's going to be probably knows better than a lot of statistics that we might otherwise garner here on the planet.

So again, mainstream climate science reality.

So a few more notes on some of these things. 0.1% top down thermal forcing is minimal. It is 0.1% over the solar cycle and it is slow. The oscillation and circulation modulation is so robust that there is a very wide agreement. Not only are Dr.

Tinsley's papers on the North Atlantic Oscillation convincing, but Dr. Leslie Gray's are phenomenally convincing as well. Considerable effects there. But again, those are slow and many of those lag. So for example, I think on the El Nino and La Nina, there's a one to three year lag from the peak of the sunspots or the minimum of the sunspots to when you actually see it.

But when we talk about that total vertical column modulation, that electromagnetic coupling, it is strong and it is immediate. You guys might remember from the book, it was three times confirmed. Some of the ground readings were changing as the solar wind was changing. It is immediate, pretty much like within minutes, no one to three year time lag like with El Nino. If you're talking about grand Solar maximum versus grand Solar minimum, no potentially 30 year heat lag coming back out of the ocean.

This is strong, this is immediate. It's not just cloud cover. Dr. Tinsley has some work on basically immediate pressure effects down at the ground as well. And this makes sense because it's a global electric circuit.

Sir, the history of the sun weather climate studies goes back a long, long way. And over 200 years ago, Sir William Herschel, the great astronomer, noticed that the price of wheat on the London stock market went up and down on an eleven year cycle which was synchronized with the sun. Well, he published those results, but unfortunately he coupled it with an explanation that turned out to be wrong. He thought the sun was getting sick when it had more sunspots and so the heat coming to the Earth was less and that was why there were poor winters and poor grain harvests. So that tells us a lesson right off that you don't really want to couple your observational basis with a theory unless you've got a good solid basis in physics and chemistry and a robust model.

And unless we have a mechanism, all the skeptics are going to jump in. And Monin in 1972 said people who talk about this produce an impression of successful experiments in autosuggestion. They're convincing themselves they've found something that's not real. Now, Joel Levine at a NASA conference said that scientists are not going to accept the presence of this connection in the absence of an accepted physical mechanism. Walter Roberts said the same thing.

But just a month ago, a paper came out in Nature Geosciences by Chiodo Etow. The paper was saying that these correlations were not real of the North Atlantic oscillation were not real. And they were interviewed and the headline of the interview said that the connection had been debunked. And then they used a sophisticated climate model to show that the leading candidate for a mechanism which was the solar ultraviolet, there wasn't enough effect. And it's true when you just look at the Irradiance taken at the top of the sky, there isn't enough to account for the modulations of the climate.

But the purely electrodynamic component of space weather largely integrates with the geomagnetic field of Earth coupling and funneling towards the polar region. The compression on the day side pushes ionosphere electrification and that ionosphere works down through the global electric circuit, a constant and forever operating electrical atmosphere with both altitude and pressure determined character. That pressure pattern is simple, by the way, and a key clue to the mechanism. The current comes down in fair weather, high pressure goes back up, not just out of the low pressure, but all along that line that comes one of the arms that comes out of a low pressure cell where the winds are crashing together and you basically get a line of storms. In fact, that's how most tornadoes form in the US.

They don't form in the circle of the low, they form off the tail that comes off that converging wind area. All along those areas, all along those thunderstorm regions, the current's going back up and returning to the ionosphere. And so another thing that they will eventually, once they get over the gravity of the cosmic rays and the particle forcing and they expand particle forcing to include high energy protons and other things like that. I'm glad somebody got that. They might want to think about the effect of electric current going through a resistive atmosphere in terms of heating because I asked a couple of climate scientists, well, how much of the global electric circuit resistive heating in the atmosphere do you take into account?

And the answer is there is none. What? Well, there's none in the models. So I don't know which one of those top two equations somebody is eventually going to want to use. But all the information is there to figure out exactly how much heat is caused by the electric currents of the global electric circuit.

So the short term effects seem to be consistent with some ideas who are floating around in the 1980s about atmospheric electricity connecting near Earth space environment, where space feather occurs down through the atmosphere with the surface and with clouds. The global electric circuit has been known since even before the time of Benjamin Franklin did his experiments on thunderstorms. And also in fair weather. You can fly a kite in fair weather and it'll cause electric discharge if you have a conductor coming down from the kite. And the reason is that the thunderstorms, they actually send current upwards to the ionosphere because the conductivity increases as you get higher up.

So it's easier for the current to go up to the iOSphere than to go back down and around to the bottom of the thunderstorm. So what's happening is we're getting this downward current JZ, which varies as all of these things, as VI varies, and there are several solar wind inputs that will vary VI and as RM varies and RT varies and there's several solar wind inputs that will vary these parameters as well. So we get all these variations in the current density that have different signatures and latitude and time and they come down and they charge up. Clouds, clouds are like another resistor in the circuit. And so now we've got electric charge in the clouds and that electric charge then migrates very quickly to the droplets and the aerosol particles such as condensation nuclei and ice forming nuclei and affects the interaction between them.

This is the conductivity here, this vertical curve here, conductivity. As you come into the cloud, the conductivity drops by a factor of three. In this case we've got a cloud between about 900 meters and 1200 meters altitude. Conductivity drops to maintain the current continuity, the electric field increases. And when you have a gradient in electric field by very simple and elementary Gauss's law or Poisson's equation, you have to have the presence of excess charge of one sign, you have space charge.

And so balloon observations in fact showed that you do get negative space charge at the base and positive space charge at the top, as expected from the smooth curve. But there's a lot of structure in it because of turbulence in the cloud. So you'll recognize this diagram again. It's a north south section through the Earth and its magnetic field and the solar wind. And we've got these cusp regions where the field lines from near the magnetic poles, they're considered open field lines, they map out and they can merge in with the solar wind in complicated fashions here.

So we have an east west electric field which drives these rural currents that produce what's called the rural electrojet, in addition to field line currents here. So there's a lot of complicated plasma physics going on there. But if you just measure the potential of the ionosphere above in the region of the south magnetic pole and the north magnetic pole, you can fly a satellite through it and look at the potential difference with respect to the low latitude regions, as has been done many thousands of times. You can use the superdan radar to look at the drift motions of the plasma. You find that this is a diagram from Maimay Lamb and her colleagues at the British Antarctic Institute that was published in 2013.

The potential in Antarctica goes positive when you have a positive by up to about 25 kilovolts. At the same time, the potential within the polar cap in the northern polar cap goes down by about 25 kilovolts. And of course, changing the ionospheric potential on this way is superimposing. It. On the quarter of a million volts the 250 kilovolts that we have from the thunderstorms.

And that changes the current coming down to the surface and that can be detected by electric field meters at the surface with forebush decreases which decreases by 1020 percent. Todd and Niverton, way back in 2001 showed that the cloud cover decreases by tens of percent in this region within the polar cap. Now, cloud cover changes were observed by Putovkin and Veritanenko here with the Russian Ozone Observing Network and they found that cloud cover or at least atmospheric transparency decreased when you had four bush decreases. This is a paper we published in 2013. What happens to the collision rate coefficient which you can see here is changing by orders of magnitude as we go up this vertical scale and this is the size of the particles.

So we go from a nanometer up to ten microns. So we call this electro antiscavenging which I think is occurring in these regions. A summary, if you like a flowchart of what's going on on the day to daytime scales. We see thunderstorms. This is our control.

The thunderstorms change the global ionospheric potential and we see changes in the Arctic and Antarctic clouds and the surface pressures two categories of solar wind inputs to the global electric circuit changes inospheric potential and changes in atmospheric conductivity. And they do that on the day to day decadal and longer timescales as a blast from the sun approaches the magnetic field impacts compresses the dayside and forces energizing of the ionosphere. That potential is going to come down mostly in the high pressure atmosphere electric columns and deposits in atmospheric boundary layers into clouds and into the ground as well. It is believed that Cumula Nimbus clouds may stir this potential in the ground to help juice up their lightning and fuel their growth via static attraction of dust and vapor particles. Indeed, the energy will mostly flow to the high pressure cells read here, where it not only deposits but then follows the vapor in the wind out to the low pressure cells to rejoin at the surface layer or in.

Whatever layer they deposited where the low pressure sucks in. And then forming the tubular column up through the sky at the cloud layers. And then depositing that at the jet stream and above to complete the circuit. As we heard from Dr. Tensley.

And I'll just sort of quickly say it again here. There's a couple of ways that they affect clouds and they both sort of point to more clouds and that is the direct creation, really of cloud condensation nuclei out of existing particles that might already be cloud condensation nuclei if you've given them enough time. But you whack them with a cosmic ray and all of a sudden they're attracting dust and water vapor and other things. That like electricity. And the other thing it does is it ionizes the ambient air if it doesn't directly hit one of those aerosols such that that ionized air is ready to go find those aerosols, and they are attracting water vapor and they are attracting dust, just like the swiffer sweeper works in your home.

It's the same basic principle between the dust and the vapor up there. And so I actually like the way Dr. Tinsley put it much better than this, but it helps particle nucleation and it helps the particle ionization up there. Following 200 papers in five years correlating solar activity to climate out of China and India, princeton took a harder look at cloud cooling potential and cloud fraction data in history. Their initial proclamation that the entirety of climate science misunderstood the cloud effect didn't even mention the sun or cosmic rays.

But its truth reenergized the researchers around the world who already knew what drives the clouds. From universities across the United States to researchers in Canada, Europe, Israel, have now come a tsunami of papers in the last 24 months which seek to jerk the wheel of climate science. All while Yale leads the charge of nearly three dozen universities tracking the cooling effect of icebergs and the potential cold climate bomb they can unleash on the world. Meanwhile, the official climate group has had no choice but to bend to an overwhelming totality of the space weather forcing evidence. Here.

Cometh CMIP six. And for the first time ever, cosmic rays and medium energy electrons are going to be included. Well, sort of. It should be called partial particle forcing, since the cosmic rays are only part of the story, albeit a critical one for cloud studies. And medium energy electrons are not very telling of the highest energy particles, or the proton events, or geomagnetic storms, interplanetary magnetic fields, or the daily flux of the solar wind.

It is egregiously underinclusive, much like total solar irradiance. But also, there's no allowance for threshold event analyses in these data sets. It's like studying chicken. Imagine you studied the chicken for harmful bacteria at zero degrees, one degree, two, three, four, and then all the way up to 150. That is a lot of trial runs, and you would conclude the temperature has no effect on chicken safety.

Of course, you would be wrong. If you just looked a bit outside your box, you would find that around 165 degrees, everything changes. And the situation cannot be undone either. It's not going back to that pink color, and those bacteria aren't coming back from the dead. Once you hit that threshold event, the situation changes entirely.

This is what happens with major solar storms or major cosmic ray events, and which is still missing from the models. Furthermore, there has been a nearly complete refusal to use the particle forcing data set that does exist. Most of the studies on climate still today do not mention the sun, or they use the total solar irradiance instead of the particle forcing. Excuse me, partial particle forcing data set. The few studies that attempt to correlate the major threshold events to hurricanes or earthquakes are written off almost immediately despite a direct electromagnetic connection through the global electric circuit from the sun to the crust.

Two categories of solar wind inputs to the global electric circuit changes inospheric potential and changes in atmospheric conductivity. And they do that on the day to day decadal and longer timescales. Hundreds of studies, equations of juul heating in the atmosphere, corrections of cloud understanding, all pressing forward as long term solar trends of the grand cycle cast a more ominous shadow over the concept that its effects on climate are minimal. In addition to knowing that the 19 hundreds saw the highest solar activity of the last 11,000 years, we see the Roman warming period lining up with a relatively strong Grand Maximum. The Mini ice age was from around 1400 to 1700.

And of course that then brings us back up to modern super Grand Maximum and the time of global warming. Another of the flawed foundations and one that fills in the blanks for solar forcing through time and periodically overrules everything else in the climate. This is how climate science determines what high volcanic forcing is versus what low volcanic forcing is. The problem is that this data selection does not tell you what high volcanic forcing is because this entire timeline right here is contained within the little green bars over there on the right. And the Paleo climate data, it's always amazing.

They have this data that goes back and yet climate science won't use it. So we have very, very real volcanic forcing back in the day, if I can put it that way, back into deep antiquity, as Dr. Parat would put it. And literally take a look at that little bit down there on the right. That's this right here.

That's all that is. And so this does not give us an adequate representation whatsoever of what high versus low volcanic forcing is. In fact, things can get a lot realer. I've lined up some isotope records here with this. And of course we've got the Medieval Warm Period little more than 1000 years ago.

We had the Mini Ice Age or the Little Ice Age, whatever you want to call it, that occurred in the wake of that high volcanic forcing and in the wake of not only the Monder Minimum of the 16 hundreds, but a lot of people fail to remember the previous Grand Solar cycle was a dud entirely. Yeah, the Monder Minimum was the low point of that, but the entire 400 years before that was a dud. It was like a continuous 600, not really 600, but 400 to 500 year Grand Solar minimum for the most part. And of course we see Grand Solar Maximum rise up through the 18 and 19 hundreds peaking somewhere between 19 52,005 while we see record low stratospheric aerosols, not just in the climate era, but back through much of Paleo climate data. You might remember when Dr.

Tony Phillips shared that presentation, that it was only presented as an abstract at the conference, but Tony Phillips got permission to post it on his website. And it showed, just based on the visibility of the lunar eclipses, that we are indeed at a record low, pretty much for stratospheric aerosols. If you're looking over the long term, it gets better. Not only are these foundations of modern climate science flawed, not only are they key pillars in the understanding of the larger equation and bigger picture, but solar and cosmic particles interact with volcanic aerosols to enhance these correlations. With my student Matt Kirkland, we looked at how the solar wind speed actually varied as we went across the boundaries between these high speed and low speed solar wind speed sectors, or magnetic sectors.

And the solar wind speed drops in the low speed region. Here we're going from 20 days before the crossing of the boundary to 25 days afterwards. And the relativistic electron flux measured out at geosynchronous orbit also drops quite dramatically, actually by several tens of percent. And this measure of the storminess in the North Atlantic, well, actually, this is a global measure of storminess, of winter storms. And the storminess is measured by the Vorticity, the rate at which they're rotating, or rates at which they're rotating above a certain threshold of rotation within a certain area.

This measures the area over the total northern hemisphere that winter storms are causing high rotation rates, and that drop too, in synchronism with a drop in relativistic electron flux. Now, these data are all for high concentration of stratospheric aerosols from Agong and Helker from 64 to 70, from El Chicon 83 to 86, and Pinotubo, 92 to 94.

And so let's take a look at what happens when the sun fires off and when the sun affects Earth in terms of the tropical activity. The KP eight, the level four geomagnetic storm of this summer, was followed just days later by six cyclones popping up in the Pacific. And that one just to the northeast of Hawaii, did not hit the requisite strength to be classified in this way, or else it would have been the first time in recorded history of there being seven in the Pacific. As I mentioned earlier, this was also the earliest example of three typhoons forming in the western Pacific. In 2013, we had an X class flare and magnetic crochet.

Very rare event. This is when the solar flare is so powerful that strong electric currents actually get surged through Earth's atmosphere. Now, this happens when the CME impacts Earth. The aurora electrojet starts firing up with the northern lights and that induces currents. And just days later, we have typhoon Hyen.

Now, when you talk about the typhoon records that are the big boys, strongest storm, lowest pressure, fastest winds, largest area, every single one of those big time typhoon records are held by either Hyen or typhoon Tip, which occurred in october at the exact peak of sunspot activity back in 1979. And although we don't know what the flaring was like, we have some idea of what the auroras were like. We can say definitively that for the year 1979, statistically the greatest chances for significant space weather occurred at the exact time Typhoon Tip formed. So can you guys all see the timestamp down there? Is that sticking out to you guys at all?

So we had very, very quiet space weather, actually for days and days and days. And then all of a sudden the sun woke up like crazy. A ton of CMEs. Now, none of them were coming at Earth, but these were the type of tight, coiled CMEs that you often see really perturbing the inner heliosphere. And of course, this occurred, as I heard somebody say, exactly at the start of Hurricane Katrina, and it ended right about the time it hit its peak strength.

The last time we had an X ten solar flare or higher was just a few days after that event that caused Katrina, and that was an X 17. And the mid month storm outbreak was the very last time before this summer that we had five Pacific cyclones at the exact same time, a very significant outbreak. The last time we had a near major solar flare was an X nine. In 2006, we had the Hanukkah Eve cyclone strike Washington, if anybody's familiar with that. It was one of the strongest storms to ever hit the state of Washington.

And to set a rain record in Seattle is no small feat, I have to tell you.

So interestingly, that sort of very odd track that that Hanukah Eve storm took is very similar to Oho, which formed at the exact same time as Joaquin and the Medicain. And this is what Dr. Uyen mentioned. And it took a track that was very, very similar to the Hanukkah Eve storm. It hit the Canadian coastline a bit further north, but it's very interesting to see two very rare storms and this late in the season, you don't see a Pacific hurricane swing up and go at BC like that.

British Columbia, and we've seen it twice immediately after significant solar events. Hurricane Sandy. This was about the only solar uptick for about a month before or after Hurricane Sandy. And it just sort of came and went in the period of a week where out of nowhere, we jumped up from B and C class flares up to M and X class solar flares, including a very large coronal mass ejection, which was not aimed at Earth. But as we've learned, they don't have to be aimed at Earth to perturb us.

And that was, of course, when Hurricane Sandy sort of came up and did its thing. And it was the largest Atlantic storm ever by gale diameter. So let's come back to this. And I was speculating that the melted power line and the electrical explosion just a few miles away in Washington State, along with the transformer fire in India were very good candidates for space weather induced disruptions on the ground. Now, wouldn't it be great if we didn't have to speculate, if the atmosphere could give us a hint, anything to tell us that, hey, wait a minute.

Yes, there is a disruption in that particular part of the world, washington State and India. Well, Mumbai is where the transformer blew, is directly to the east of that cyclone that formed that day in the northwest Indian Ocean. And that was the tropical storm we just mentioned coming up towards British Columbia. Those were, at that time, two of the more significant tropical events on the planet. And just to the east of each of them is where we saw the best candidates for the space weather induced activity.

That full presentation back in 2015 covered many more events. But now let's jump to September 2017 once again. This was the next time the sun got really active after 2015, and it was an unexpected flurry amidst months of quiet. But it surged. X rays, high energy proton radiation storms, intense solar wind impacts and tremendous geomagnetic storm activity.

When the first sunspot appeared, hurricane Harvey ran ashore in Texas. And by the time the major flares were occurring, the hurricanes were surging as well. Irma. Maria puerto Rico devastated panhandle in Georgia hit hard. It was the last great solar uptick we have had.

And in 2019 thus far, the sun has been tremendously inactive. But it is showing signs of coming back to life for another sunspot cycle maximum set to gear up in the next few months. Now, while we seek here to address the foundations underlying the thousands of climate studies, there are already a considerable contingent of those who cry foul at those climate studies themselves, from the rigged models to grant fund baiting and blatant data tampering whistleblowers from inside the government. And there are a number of key websites to track during this true shift in what is nothing short of a political science. And now back to that science, because up next, a paradox.

A seemingly backwards truth that has been demonstrated in numerous studies the last few years and which was crazily depicted over a four day span in the movie The Day After Tomorrow. To keep it simple, when the ice is locked at the poles, we have proper ocean, salinity and temperate climate in mid and low latitudes. But when that ice begins to melt, it freshens the oceans and cools them. Since the poles receive no sunlight in winter, the region gains new ice only to amplify the same cooling and freshening processes the next spring. And as the glaciers melt and slide into the sea, and as the icebergs break off, tremendous amounts of that cold, fresh water not only surround the polar region, gearing up for a major freeze event that overcomes the spring with its sunlight reflection called albedo, but they are distributed throughout the globe as well.

While this helps alleviate any acidity problems that crop up in the oceans, it does not help support the salinity and temperature picture required by the mainstream narrative. This is another threshold event, when the oceans are so chilled and desalinated that they are unable to sustain their phase in winter, unable to support the global oceanic circulation, and they freeze to incredible latitudes, causing extreme albedo in the spring and extra cool freshwater melt in the summer. At this threshold event, kinetic energy and chemistry work to change the reflectivity, profile and water phase preference of the planet, which it has a very easy way of correcting. The cold is not hard to trigger, and once it is here, it is hard to break. The Earth is not usually a temperate planet with tropical equatorial zones, at least not anymore.

Long after when we think the dinosaurs died, something set in an approximately 100,000 year cycle where the most important numbers compare the interglacial warm periods to the glacial areas which last for a much longer time. We are currently in an interglacial with nice warm temperatures. We are very much towards the longer end of time within it when we look at how long we've spent in past ones. And sooner or later the Earth is going to throw more than a ten degree drop in temperature across the planet, with high latitude regions seeing 20 to 30 degree drops in temperature. This is compared to the maximum global warming seen thus far of about one degree during the current record strong El Nino year.

The simple fact of the matter is that we only get so much time with the planet like this, and then we're heading back into an ice age. As I said at the beginning, we need to stop pollution. And the number one reason is that this is the air we breathe, the water we drink, and the soil in which we grow our food. We cannot poison them. But we must also not ignore the flaws in the foundations of the entirety of climate science.

No existing study is immune to these flaws, not one. And it's because they all did what they were supposed to do use the best assumptions and guesses and models available at the time. It's just that they are demonstrably wrong. They misrepresent a one degree increase in temperature, while ten times the cold fury is arguably overdue for our planet, the sun was at an 11,000 year peak. For that one degree of warming and volcanic cooling at record low, the sun is due for a grand minimum.

This century. Earth's magnetic field is enduring a long term weakening event, both of which mean more cosmic ray cloud forcing more cooling of the planet. And all with the 100,000 year ice age cycle staring at us from history, seeing the world currently looking the other way, watching as the sun prepares for a restful beginning of another grand cycle. And she whispers to herself, it's almost time you sam? Sam.

The number of publications varies with the level of respectability given to the field, which, as you can see, goes up and down.

And this is only up to 1992. There are over 2000 publications up to 1992. There's also been more than 20 books published on the subject of sun, weather and climate interactions. Data selection matters. And no, I'm not just referring to everything I was just talking about for the last 40 minutes.

So let's take a look at some data selection and where it really matters here. So climate gov so we're going to actually look down there where in the bottom panel there where they have the spring snow cover. And indeed spring snow cover is on the decline. I've gone ahead and zoomed in on this here and I've even gone ahead and I've drawn a regression line for you there. The problem is, and as this comes from the Rutgers Snow Lab, obviously, Rutgers University, this is their graph for the winter snow extent.

And this is their graph for the fall snow extent. Yeah, it's true. We have less snow in the spring, we have more in the winter, we have more in the fall. Data selection really matters.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


🔄 Newton’s Laws vs. Cosmic Phenomena: A Tug of War – PLASMA COSMOLOGY

🔄 Newton's Laws vs. Cosmic Phenomena: A Tug of War - PLASMA COSMOLOGY

🔄 Newton's Laws vs. Cosmic Phenomena: A Tug of War - PLASMA COSMOLOGY

Episode Summary:

Dark matter is a mysterious substance that makes up about 85% of the universe's mass. While it doesn't emit light or energy, its presence is inferred from its gravitational effects on visible matter. Scientists believe dark matter might be composed of subatomic particles, but its exact nature remains elusive. Leading detectors in the search for dark matter use liquid noble gases like Xenon or Argon. Theories like supersymmetry, once widely accepted, have faced challenges as they haven't met certain predictions. Newton's laws of gravity, which worked perfectly for the solar system, face challenges when applied to cosmic scales, leading to the postulation of dark matter. Some scientists argue that instead of "missing" matter, the gravitational effects attributed to dark matter might be due to the influence of the rest of the universe. There are also challenges in the standard model of cosmology, like the early appearance of massive galaxies, which seem to have formed too quickly. The Cosmic Microwave Background (CMB), believed to have been produced 380,000 years after the Big Bang, is another area of contention, with some suggesting it might have been influenced by dust processes from early stars.

#DarkMatter #Gravity #SubatomicParticles #Xenon #Argon #Detectors #Supersymmetry #NewtonsLaws #CosmicScales #Universe #GravitationalEffects #CMB #Cosmology #EarlyGalaxies #DustProcesses #EarlyStars #Challenges #StandardModel #Influence #Radiation #Temperature #Recombination #Diffraction #NMR #Spectroscopy

🔄 Newton's Laws vs. Cosmic Phenomena: A Tug of War - PLASMA COSMOLOGY

Dark matter. Dark matter. Dark matter. Dark matter. Dark matter.

Dark matter. Dark matter. There is a not so bad reason why we are looking for it and why we all think it exists, why something exists that is dark in at least one way that we can't really detect it. We more detect its effects, basically from the smallest scales. Here in our neighborhood out to the cosmos, we see evidence of something without a guilty party, so to speak, without an actor doing it.

And so this is our dark matter in terms of the gravitational effects. And then there is the dark energy which seems to be expanding the universe, at least from our scientific perspective. How can you make a galaxy? The ingredients are dark matter and then stars and then gas. Dark matter makes up about 85% of the mass in the universe.

So our best idea for what dark matter might be is that it's some kind of subatomic particle. We don't know what kind. But there are several good ideas which come out of particle physics that provide good candidates for dark matter. And we're looking to see if we can actually detect one of those in the lab. The leading detectors for trying to find this the most sensitive are liquid noble gas like Xenon or Argon in liquid format.

It we have our milk carton here's, just not this cloak. Dark matter model is probably not completely correct. Bringing all these together, it poses a real problem for understanding of cosmology. The direct searches are pushing to masses higher than the LHC can reach and also to cross sections interaction strengths that are very weak, much weaker than the standard weak interactions. And that's the direction we push down in interaction strength and either up or more recently, also down in mass.

So down to below the mass of a proton or up to the mass of 1000 protons. We have had to sort of invoke some tooth fairies to keep things sensible. One of those is dark matter. Supersymmetry is my favorite example. It was a beautiful idea, very compelling, was basically accepted widely in the 80s.

All the predictions that supersymmetry made have failed badly. And the most popular form of dark matter, the Wimp, is a supersymmetric particle. So you only have Wimps if you have supersymmetry. And so now we've gotten to this weird point where most people seem to have forgotten that you need supersymmetry to even have Wimps. Now we have Wimps because we know we need to have this dark matter.

But the supersymmetry that is required to make those things exist doesn't work. And it's failed in lots of ways.

Everything goes back to Newton. Newton didn't just discover the inverse square law. He discovered two more things. One was that knowing the luminous distribution, namely knowing the sun, you could predict the velocities of all the planets. No dark matter.

It's absolutely clean. And straightforward. That, in my opinion, is the gold standard for what you need to do. In any theory of gravity, you have a law of force. You know the visible material that you can see, and then you have to predict the velocities, predict exactly what's going on.

That's step A, step B. He proves a theorem. It's a very interesting theorem, and it says this if you have a spherical distribution of matter and you want to know the force at any point, then the only contributions are coming from material within the region where the object is located. Nothing is coming from the outside. The outside absolutely decouples.

And therefore, if you wanted to solve for the solar system the way he did, you didn't need to consider any other sources. Okay? Now, the mathematical reason why this happens the inverse square law force falls like one over the square of the distance, but the solid angle grows like the square of the distance, and therefore they cancel. Exactly the same thing happens for Coulomb's law in electromagnetism. So with Newton's law, we have two remarkable things.

One is knowing the luminous distribution, you get the velocities. And two, you don't need to include anything outside the system of interest. Now, dark matter keeps the second rule, but not the first. In other words, dark matter says we only need to know what's going on within the system itself, but we don't have to restrict to luminous matter alone. In other words, you give up the Newtonian gold standard right away.

And that to me is not good physics. Just simply point blank. That is not the right way to approach the problem. Now, a way to think about this, which is very simple, but of course not the complete story is if you have the inverse square law, then it's true on all distances, including R equals zero, namely at the origin, which means that a particle acts back on itself. We worked for six months.

The equations are quite complicated, and we managed to solve them. And we found the exact solution. Yes, we got the inverse square law, but we then got something that we absolutely hadn't anticipated, namely, we got a second force. And that second force was not vanishing at large distances. The inverse square law gets smaller and smaller.

It goes like one over the square of the distance. This second force was constant. It did not fall off at large distances. We looked at that. It took us six months to find the equations.

It took us an afternoon to solve them. And when we got the solution and we saw this extra term, we realized immediately that we could replace dark matter. And that wasn't what we were looking for. And it took me many years to understand this. It took me a lot further steps.

I gradually realized that because I had this force which did not vanish at large distances, newton's theorem that I can ignore the outside no longer holds, and therefore the outside must be playing a role. That the notion that we can neglect the outside only comes because of a very specific law of force namely Newton's inverse square law any other law of force you can't neglect the outside. So if you now go back to the early studies of galaxies where people measured velocities and found that the velocities were more than they could manage, and so they went on to say, okay, there must be some missing mass. What I say is it's not missing. It's the rest of the universe.

It's been there all along, and it's hiding in plain sight, and you just didn't recognize it as such. And therefore you should not conclude that dark matter is doing the job.

But this problem with the too early appearance of galaxies actually goes back a couple of years, and there were already hints that there were major issues with the standard model. And basically, to put it in a nutshell, what it is is that in the standard model of cosmology, there's a very firm prediction of what the timeline has been since the bing Bang. And the problem here is that these massive galaxies and the massive dark matter halos from which they formed appeared way too early for standard astrophysics to be able to explain how they came to be. So just to put a number on this, because it's a lot easier, I think, to understand in terms of actual numbers the redshift at which they see these massive galaxies and halos, which is around ten. In the case of Charles Steinhardt's work, that corresponds to an age of the universe of around, let's say, 600 million years after the Big Bang.

And remember that the age today is about 13.7 billion years. So we're talking about something very, very early in the history of the universe, 600 million years or so. The reason that's a major problem is because, as we understand it today, stars could not have started to form until about three, maybe 400 million years after the Big Bang, because it would have taken that much time for the gas to cool and condense and clump up and form stars. So basically what the data are telling us is that if the standard model of cosmology is correct with its timeline, then these ten to the 910 to the ten solar mass galaxies, billions of solar masses within each galaxy, formed in only 150 to 200 million years, which is absolutely physically impossible as far as we know today, based on the astrophysics of star formation and aggregation and the formation of galaxies and so forth. But to be fair, there were other indicators even before Steinhardt's work that showed that there was a problem at the timeline, perhaps most famously with the appearance of these supermassive quasars, these supermassive black holes, which started appearing at a redshift of six, and then today the record is about 7.4.

That redshift corresponds to about 800 million years. The indication from the appearance of these supermassive black holes so early in the history of the universe is that these billion solar mass objects formed in only 400, 500 million years, which, again, is not easy to understand in terms of the astrophysics that we know today. The conundrum is that we see these objects, either black holes or these massive galaxies way too early. And in order for us to be able to explain how they formed in such a short time, we have to exceed what we think can actually happen in terms of the astrophysics of accretion and growth and so forth. So the conclusion from this is either that the astrophysics we have today is wrong, or what we're suggesting is that perhaps the cosmology is not completely right.

Ironically, Charles Steinhardt's father, Paul Steinhardt, was one of the inventors of inflation, and Paul Steinhardt is now a total convert. The other way, he thinks that inflation is wrong, even though he was one of the inventors of that. He's actually an inflationary apostate, if I could put it that way. He argues against it when things go wrong. You have to bear in mind that maybe we got something wrong along the ways or missed something that is important.

Kerchaw's claim if you have a cavity and you're in thermal equilibrium with that cavity, and the cavity is opaque, the radiation will always be the same inside that cavity, depending only on the temperature and the frequency. And independent of the nature of the walls, the ratio between emissive power and absorption power is the same for all bodies at the same frequency, at the same temperature. And then Kirchhoff immediately sets the absorption to one. So this is an idealized state, and I understand, as anybody who's taken a modern physics course, that Kirchhoff imagines something that's a perfect emitter and he sets absorption to one. But if I set it to zero in the perfect reflector, as we hope to have when we do MRI, then that function blows up.

So perfect reflectors definitely cannot support Kirchhoff's claim. And remember, he said it was independent of the nature of the walls. But this is the key thing, and this is what has been missed by physics, is that real black bodies can do work and perfect reflectors cannot. So we depend an MRI on having a perfect reflector. We don't want it to do work, we don't want our coil to do work on our radiation.

We just want it to transmit it, right? And that's the same thing for lasers. In lasers, you have mirrors, and these mirrors are building up waves between the mirrors, and they have quality factors of ten to the 11th. Now, to tell you what, that is a quality factor of ten to the 11th. That means it'll hold for every 10th to the 11th wave.

It's standing, it'll lose one. Well, that's perfectly reflecting. Right. Ten to the 11th. No black body has ever approached these kinds of numbers.

So perfect reflectors exist, and they're telling us that Kirchhoff cannot be right. So real black bodies can do work. Perfect reflectors cannot. And here's an example where I take this block and I put it on a hot plate. The bottom four are copper, then graphite.

I think the next one is aluminum and then brass. And you can look in the paper for the assignment, but look at the graphite holes. They're all white. Now, they have different depth. The holes on the right, the four holes on the right, three are black, and one is white.

The one in graphite is white. Those holes are just the tip of the drill bit into the block. That's all that there is there. Okay? And then as you go down, I think the next hole might be a quarter inch, half inch, and an inch.

Okay, so as you go to the left, the holes get deeper. But what are you seeing here? All this block is sitting at the same temperature. It's been sitting on a hot plate for hours. Okay, so it's all come to thermal equilibrium.

It's at one temperature. Now that Kirchhoff had said that all the holes should look the same, but they're not looking the same, right. The little graphite hole on the right is already white, but the three from the perfect reflectors are not. Why? Because they're manifesting what radiation is in the room, not in the hot plate.

Right. It's what's in the room that's penetrating these things, and they're not able they can't do work, so they can't produce the white radiation that the graphite hole did. Okay, so the graphite is white because it did work, and the other three could not do work, and that's why they remain black. And then as you go over to the left, you see that now it's a mixture of radiation coming in from the hot plate that's captured in the hole and then radiation from the room. So that's why you now see these crescent shapes inside of this.

There's two types of radiation in here. One corresponding to the temperature of the room, and the other one corresponding to the temperature of the hot plate. So, again, this proves that Kirchhoff cannot be right. And the reason is that the perfect reflectors are unable to do work. They'll sustain whatever radiation is given to them.

It has nothing to do with thermal equilibrium. So only graphite was able to do work, and perfectly reflecting cavities will display incident radiation. So if I can only convey this message to the world, this would be it. That because of Kirchhoff's law, planck's equation remains unlinked to the physical world. And this is a central thing here that Planck wrote an equation.

So we had this light, and Planck gave us the equation for it, but he never told us what caused the photons, what was the physical setting, what were the energy levels, what were the transition species? But in every other spectroscopic method and I'm a spectroscopist by training, we can always identify these first three. But because of Kirchhoff, and it's independent of the nature of the walls, planck's equation was never linked to the physical world. Now, the reason that's important to you is it enables solar physicists to say that we can produce a black body spectrum from anything, or it enables the Big Bangers to tell us that they can get a black body radiation from the creation of the universe. They can't.

Once you link these things, once you explain, why do you get a thermal photon from graphite? Whatever mechanism you use, everyone will be bound by it. So all of this theory will collapse. So this is actually a terrible blow to astronomy here.

The picture that we have of the CMB today is that the CMB was produced as a result of decoupling, when radiation decoupled from matter, because the charges, the various charges combined to form neutral hydrogen and so forth. And the picture is that all of this happened about 380,000 years after the Big Bang, very early on, right? Much earlier than star formation and eventual galaxy formation and so forth. But the honest truth is that this is all theory. We don't actually have any hardcore evidence that that's really where the CMB happened, where it was produced, and that that was the mechanism that produced it.

We don't see recombination lines, for example. And it's true that the sensitivity of the instruments is not yet great enough for us to have conclusively detected the lines. But until we actually see recombination lines, this idea that the CMB was produced by recombination is just a theory. There's no experimental verification that it happened. And perhaps even more tellingly, if the picture of the CMB having been produced early on as a result of recombination is correct, then there shouldn't be any frequency dependence in the fluctuation spectrum.

In other words, the spectrum was produced in the medium where the most important physical process, thompson scattering, is independent of wavelength of the light. But yet, when we look at the data from Planck, say, we do see evidence that the spectrum of fluctuation changes with wavelength. So that, again, argues against the recombination picture. We don't have a compelling argument yet. But what I'm getting at is that this notion that the CMB was produced 380,000 years after the Big Bang due to recombination does not have yet any experimental confirmation.

On the other hand, it's possible that the CMB may have been formed in part due to dust processes. And if you look back and ask, when would the dust have been injected into the intergalactic medium, it would have been at the time when population three stars started forming, which actually corresponds to a redshift of about 15, not the red shift of 1081, which is what we currently think is where the CMB was formed. This is the Penzus and Wilson antenna, the horn antenna at Crawford Hill laboratory that the measurement was done on. And we won't read this whole thing, but basically it says we got a 3.5 Kelvin signal and we couldn't explain it. And nowhere in the Penzius and Wilson papers do we talk about diffraction of signal into the horn.

So nowhere in the Penzius and Wilson papers of 1965 can one find any discussion of the diffraction of nearby signals into their horn. Now, people wonder, well, how did an NMR guy get into this mess, right? And here's the answer. So, Ed Purcell is the discoverer of the 20 1 CM hydrogen line in the galaxy. He discovered it one year before he won the Nobel prize in 1952 for NMR.

So we're both dealing with radio techniques. They're doing spectroscopy. So am I. It's basically our samples are different. And this is a picture of Ed Purcell's horn that he used to detect the 20 1 CM line.

So these fields are actually much closer than people would imagine. So to tell an MRI person that he cannot look at astronomy is just a little too far reaching, considering that Ed Purcell was one of the first radio astronomers here's. A radio telescope from the University of Illinois. Well, that's kind of exposed to everything, right? That could be coming in from the side.

Here's the scoop antenna at Greenbank, which was used to monitor atmospheric changes. Well, that's pretty much the Penzius and Wilson antenna. Pretty much the same kind of design. There's nothing sophisticated here. So Kobe, the Kobe satellite is completely unshielded from microwave radiation from below, which can easily diffract into the Kobe horn, the fierce horn.

Significant diffraction problems are very likely to exist for every other instrument on earth except one. So now we come to Haruni's antenna, and people have attacked that. Hey, this is just an old antenna here. Who cares about a result from an old, broken down antenna? Well, when the result from Dr.

Haruni was done, it was not a broken down antenna. It was new, and he was testing it. And then he found that there was no signal from space. So how could that be? So, this is showing inside the antenna on the right here, you see the detector.

So this is actually 5 meters across, because this is not a parabolic antenna. It's a hemisphere. So it doesn't focus onto a point. So the signal comes into kind of a bell shaped detector here, which is deep within the antenna. Okay?

So that's very different than the parabolic antennas that you've seen. Okay, so what's important about that is his antenna self noise was only 2.6 Kelvin, so it has to have some self noise. So where's the signal from the big bang you're missing? He should have had six Kelvin or so. He called it an edgeless radio telescope.

So that's why it's unique. So any signal that's approaching from this side, it's edgeless, it's going to prevent diffracted signal from coming and hitting the detector. So note how the detector is protected from most diffracted signals. And again, if you look at a modern radio telescope, they're above ground. They do nothing to prevent diffraction, and their detector is wide open.

It's imprudent to speak in terms of black bodies without noting, as Kirchhoff did, the constraint of the enclosure. So the astronomers, they need an enclosure. And what they tried to say is, well, we did have thermal equilibrium at Recombination. Well, this is just an invention of mathematics. They don't know that.

Kirchhoff's law is very his requirement was very severe. You have to have an opaque enclosure. So thermal equilibrium with an opaque enclosure, not just thermal equilibrium, the enclosure must be opaque. Well, that never existed in the Big Bang. So you cannot set a temperature.

A source which is not at three kelvin can produce such a signal if it sustains. In addition to emission, another means of contending with internal heat, namely conduction and convection. Alternatively, a source which is not at three kelvin can produce such a signal if it has structure wherein one bond is much weaker than another. And of course, I've argued that this signal is coming from the. So I especially like this quote by George Smutt.

So he's testing a radiometer at Berkeley, and this is what he writes. An invisible patch of water vapor drifted overhead. The scanner showed a rise in temperature. Good. This meant the instrument was working because water vapor was a source of stray radiation.

We don't quite understand how much of the dust, how much of the light from stars is being absorbed by dust and where exactly that happens. And so we have different measurements of how much millimeter light there is so far infrared light there is from the dust and how much light we think is missing, and then how much light actually is missing. And that's where the problem. We were trying to tally up the light to make sure that we know how much is missing and how much is being re emitted as the far infrared. And those two numbers don't seem to quite add up yet.

There seems to be about a factor two off and a factor two in astronomy is still something to worry about. We like to be exact. And especially these things tend to add up over distance. So it's important to figure out which one of these kinds of dust is dominant. The most well studied dust ring around a star ever.

And then somebody widened the field of view and realized there was a thousand Au dust belt around it. They have been looking at these things with the kind of wavelengths to see dust for a decade, and they missed a thousand Au dust belt out around it. We are not good at seeing this stuff at all. This one was published in the Astrophysical Journal. It is official.

What many people have thought and hypothesized. There is a widespread presence of nanometer sized dust grains in the interstellar medium of galaxies.

The structure, especially in the interstellar matter, seems to be very self similar. So if we look at the largest scales, it looks pretty smooth. But as soon as we look in any kind of detail, it breaks up into filaments. And those filaments break into filaments, and those filaments break into filaments. Sophia.

They did spend a lot of money on Sophia. It was supposed to help solidify this force of gravity model for the formation of stars and star clusters. They found out that not only are magnetic fields and turbulence, and when you see turbulence in this realm, they're talking about plasma turbulence, plasma interacting with itself and interacting with electric and magnetic fields. Not what many of you might have experienced on the flight here into the rain and clouds yesterday, but so magnetic fields and plasma turbulence are not only involved, they may dominate the creation process of these stars and star clusters. The missing mass of the Universe is tracing the cosmic filaments.

Now, this is where mainstream scientists say, okay, but that was just the normal matter we knew was missing. We still have all this other stuff we need to look for. The problem is finding all of the missing matter scattered about is very different than finding it in a current. And we know that these cosmic filaments feed material down onto galaxies. So when you have all this material and it's not spread out, it's actually in the cosmic filaments.

It's traveling the same direction, feeding galaxies. It is a current. There are magnetic fields wrapped around it. They see protons. They see electrons in these things.

And so matter is no longer just matter when it's in a current, okay? If it's spread out everywhere, it has its gravitational attraction. If it's in a filament, it has its gravitational attraction. But it's got a lot more than that, doesn't it? It's creating magnetic fields.

It's creating electric fields. And that way a baryon, a proton is no longer just a proton. It's now doing a lot more, and it's affecting a lot more. Okay, well, if this really is a whole magnetic mess, then we should be really seeing these with every little structure. And so what you see here, when you see a blue circle, that means the magnetic fields are wrapping towards you.

Red means they are wrapping away from you. And you should see the white filaments in the middle of them. Every single one they've looked at, there must be a current hidden that they cannot see running through the filament, because the magnetic fields are uniform and wrapping around it. Just like you'd have a magnetic field wrapping around electricity, going through a wire. Now, they can't see the electricity going through these filaments, but it must be there, otherwise the magnetic fields would not be uniformly wrapping around it like this.

So probably the most incredible filament of all isn't a filament. It's a sheet. So the musk of filament was one of the brightest filaments in our galaxy that we can see, but it turns out we're just looking at it edge on, and it is actually a flat sheet. In the bottom right picture, I have a bunch of colored lines drawn. They are all magnetic field directions, but what you'll notice is the green ones are all of the filaments that are coming off of a main cloud.

The main cloud would be in the top left part with the large blue line running at a slight angle and then down towards the bottom of the extended filaments. You can see that those filaments have their own filaments coming off again at 90 degree angles. Not only are all of the filaments that they're seeing have the magnetic fields either wrapped around them or embedded in the length of the filament, but when they're coming off of a larger cloud, they're all perpendicular to one another. This is the right hand rule of electromagnetism. That's why they're forming where they're forming.

And so this is that little blue pink thing up at the top there. That's what they believe the musca filament, musca sheet actually would look like over on the left. If you could take it and turn it so you could actually look at it sideways, it's a flat sheet. And the icing on the cake, those little white things, those are other magnetic fields. So they not only notice the magnetic field cutting through the sheet of musca, but there's perpendicular magnetic fields all throughout it as well.

This is a 100% electric structure. There's no way for gravity to do these things. When Sophia comes out and says that stars and star clusters are about magnetic fields and plasma turbulence, the predecessor of a star cluster are these molecular clouds. These are the someday to be nurseries of stars, or so we think. And so there's no way for gravity to set this up, where not only do the magnetic fields trace all the filaments, but they're all perpendicular to one another.

It's mainstream in the sense that that's the right hand rule of electromagnetism. It's not mainstream in the sense that that's not supposed to happen out in space. That's not what's supposed to be dominating out in space. It's supposed to just be gravity, random collapse, chaos, things like that. And it's just not the case.

In 2018, a NASA article basically out of nowhere mentions our existence in the plasma universe, which was a baffling sight to see for those of us who know how many plasma universe physicists don't think dark matter exists. One of the projects that has received very little attention and which we really don't hear much about is poised to be the next leap forward in our understanding of the real dynamics of cosmological constituents. I'm anthony perrett from los almos national laboratory, u. S. Department.

Of energy. I started out in plasma cosmology under Nobel Laureate Hannis Al Fene. Alphane had written a book in Swedish called Cosmic Plasma. Well, I know something about Swedish, and certainly I know something about English. So I wrote the first English edition of Cosmic Plasma under Hannis Salphane's name.

One of my fortes was supercomputer computing of large scale matter. So for twelve years we did terraflop computing the full set of Maxwell's equations on matter electrons, ions, and neutrals only three dimensional, in other words, real world calculations. And from that we were able to, much to a surprise, calculate the full evolution of plasma and neutrals acting under gravitation plasma acting under electromagnetic forces and recover the evolution of plasma collected in the Universe as it evolved towards a galaxy and eventually a spiral galaxy. Alphane Parat berkland the three founding fathers of the plasma Universe. If there is an accretion of the intergalactic medium in those regions, meaning outside of the galaxies, then the orbital velocities of neutral hydrogen clouds are determined not only by the gravitation of mass inside their orbits.

Meaning that if you have a bunch of stuff where we think there's empty space outside of the galaxy, if it's there, I know we can't see it. And most astronomers don't think it's there. But if it just happens to be there and we can't see it, the math says you don't need dark matter anymore, and I'm going to go back up here. This is what Christian Berkland said we have assumed that each stellar system in evolutions throws off electric corpuscles into space. It does not seem unreasonable, therefore, to think that the greater part of the material masses in the universe is found not in the solar systems or nebula, but out in the empty space.

What we didn't know is that the active plasma nucleus, supermassive, black hole, whatever you want to call these things, at the centers of galaxies, they are feasting on many more stars than we realized. And in addition to feasting on many more stars than we realized, they are blowing out an enormous fraction of that which they take in up to 80%. So this whole stuff is getting eaten by the black hole? No, a lot of it's getting shot out, the cosmic jets, and a lot of it is getting blasted out. Well, here's the thing.

We know for a fact from the observations that the stars are going in, we know for a fact that the material is getting blasted back out. But they look in the inner galaxy and that plasma is not there. They look in the spiral arms and that plasma is not there. It's been blasting out from the center of the galaxy for billions of years, but they don't see it in the middle. Where must it be?

It must be around the galaxy. There's nowhere else it could be. Now that's some pretty impressive circumstantial evidence, but it's still just circumstantial at this point. So let's see if we can gather up some more real evidence for that material being out there. Well, you remember this the most well studied dust ring around a star ever.

And then somebody widened the field of view and realized there was a thousand Au dust belt around it. There is a widespread presence of nanometer sized dust grains in the interstellar medium of galaxies. We're going to come back to that in just a minute because this is when the whole thing should have fallen apart. Does anybody know what you're looking at here? Do you remember?

This is just a couple of weeks ago, the lost light of Hubble. The white areas on here, that's areas where they still have no return, just looks like black, empty space as far as you can see. The colored areas are the galaxies that they know. The black areas around them are the dust and gases and other things that they knew of. The gray stuff around those is the lost light of Hubble.

So around all of these galaxies where they could not see before, is a whole bunch of dusty plasma, a whole bunch of emitting sources, exactly where they were predicted to be by the plasma universe and in the place where mathematically dark matter dies. But getting into this dusty plasma and why this is so problematic for cosmology, because it is a trickster. It really is. And so I'm just going to read some of this stuff up here. When they were doing these experiments with dust on the International Space Station, there was not chaos, but they noticed order imparted on the dust.

It lined up, it formed waves, it formed crystalline structures. Now they determined that these crystalline structures and the lines and the waves were based on electric fields. That's how they were lining up. It wasn't based on gravity. And so when you have these regions around the Earth, around the solar system, around the galaxy, interacting with electric fields, forming these crystal patterns of dusty plasma, it basically means we are looking at the cosmos through a kaleidoscope.

The national labs have been gaining traction in these plasma universe discussions. In the weeks just following Sophia's magnetic and plasma discoveries in star forming regions, SLAC showed it was the magnetic fields powering cosmic jets, not a function of the accretion disk energy. And then Lawrence Livermore at Berkeley saw electric currents driving those field actions. Their Taurus jet modeling mirrors what we see across the country at Princeton's Plasma Physics Lab and their NASA collaborations. There's that recent Navy patent as well for a super technology using plasma magnetohydrodynamics and expressly states.

In the patent, the device works because we live in a plasma universe. So we have now arrived at this weirdest possible point in physics, haven't we? Grant money and university professors mostly chasing dark matter, along with the popular media articles. While some NASA teams in the national plasma labs are all seeming to be chasing something else. They can't seem to get the correct results, and they seem to think it's due to some magic essence that they have left out, and they call it dark matter.

So as a result, you have several hundred professors, graduate students, that are working towards their PhDs, so on, that are pursuing dark matter without any knowledge of what it is. There's no missing matter at all. We just had a lot of experimental data that we could compare the simulations to at energy densities that universities, graduate students, professors, associate professors, full professors, professors emeritus simply did not have access to. We did now. The universities really and I had a choice.

Once I had a PhD, I could go into a university and get tenure eventually, or I could go into a national laboratory and work with real data, real equipment. My gosh, the equipment that we burned up in the first millisecond of a nuclear explosion underground was just more than all of the universities in the world could afford. They simply can't afford to lose that investment in high power, sophisticated measuring equipment so quickly. And plus, you're working in an environment where you're working with real world, real world physics, not the physics that you learn in textbooks that may be five years old, ten years old, 200 years old. This is real world stuff.

Next, we wonder about the 3D simulations that they do have now, and one of the most renowned is Illustrious. The problem is that the mistakes that drove matter physics into darkness have progressed far more quickly than the reduction in price of supercomputing. What this means, practically, is that since the universities attained the ability to work with this level of computing, they have included dark matter and dark energy to a degree dwarfing the luminous matter and have lacked the luminous matter. Being discovered by the weak. The dust the plasma connecting galaxy clusters and clusters to the cosmic web surrounding the galaxies and controlling starforming regions.

The natural extension of these discoveries is the electrical action at various scales throughout the universe.

Let's say I burn toast in my house, and I mean really burn it. I put it all the way up, I smell it burning, I see the smoke, and then I just kind of, like, turn my back and I let it go for a few more minutes. Then let's say I eat the piece of toast anyway because that's how I like toast. And then I take the toaster and I throw it out the window. Then I bring you into the room and I say, find the source of that smell.

You have no chance because I've eaten the toast. I've thrown the toaster out the window. All the evidence is pretty much gone. All the evidence, you'd want to really understand it, and that's what we're talking about with a potentially extinct current here. Something caused these films, and it wasn't gravity to form like this, like lightning throughout space.

And that thing really might not be there anymore. We might just be seeing the aftermath, the smoke trail from the meteorite that blew up four or 5 seconds earlier. And there's no more light from it. It's just the essence of it. It's the smell of the burnt toast that's left over.

And so now we come back to a story that I think most of you probably know about. They flew Cassini through the water jets, the south pole of Enceladus magnetometer hot and running. Langmere probe, hot and running. They detected phenomenal magnetic fields and only 5% of the requisite electric current. So that is a satellite flying through the electric current.

We call that insitu measurement. And it detected 5% of the electric current. This is important for two reasons. One, if we can fly right through it and only detect 5% of the current, we see nothing from Earth looking out into the cosmos thinking, oh, well, we don't see these electric currents in the cosmos. No kidding.

Good luck seeing them if you spotted 5% in situ. But the explanation for why it was hidden the charged particles of the current were actually being attracted to and hidden by dusty plasma. The dust was actually hiding the ions. The reason they were not able to see the current of charged material in the cosmic web was because of the dust. The exact same thing they ran into in Enceladus.

And not a single astrophysicist or cosmologist has put these two together. The same problem that they ran into at Enceladus, which should have given them a clue about how pitifully they see electric currents in deep space, they have already run into with the cosmic web. Oh, well, that's where the normal matter is flowing in that current. We just didn't see it because of the dust that was surrounding it. It's right there.

It's right there on a plate. We have a number of new models of the galaxy that have come out just this year. And I've spoken to some of these folks. Some of these folks definitely know the plasma cosmology individuals. These are some of the models that are based on what came out of either one of the national labs.

This is what they say we're looking at. And obviously on the right there, we're looking straight down through the axis of the cosmic jet. But they say this is what's actually in the center of the galaxies there. The number one model that's coming out is this Taurus jet model. Regardless of whether or not it's a black hole, a plasma nucleus, what's around it is a Taurus and a jet.

We don't know what's down there at the exact center. People have a lot of good guesses. But what's just outside of it is observationally undeniable. It's a Taurus and a jet. And this is what you get when you have that energetic point.

And so in the image on the far left where you can really see the jet going up and down and the Taurus around it. You can't see the full Z pinch there of everything coming into the middle with the Taurus wrapped around the waist of the Z pinch, so to speak. But that's what we've got there. And they fade as they go up because they're losing energy. It's more dark mode rather than glow mode plasma as you get way, way out there and specifically as it starts to arch back around and make the larger Taurus.

But you can see the interior of the Taurus here. And this is Billy's first try over there on the right just doing the fundamentals and turning on the power. He created the jet Taurus model right there before our eyes. After the 2019 Observing the Frontier Conference, the months that followed brought with them a flood of discoveries illuminating the pathway forward. Sophia continued her charge, demonstrating that magnetic fields are responsible for action at larger scales.

All while Alma confirmed Sophia's previous discovery about the importance of those magnetic fields in smaller star forming regions. We began to see genuine attempts at scaling up these principles to cosmological scale. And we're seeing those published in major physics journals. Plasma Universe. Magnetic Universe.

Electrodynamic universe column is just another way to say it. At the galactic level, we're seeing tremendous advances in magnetic modeling of a large scale coherent structure and pattern. This is opposed to the random, chaotic, nova driven field paradigm that operated for years. The regions between the galaxies and the cosmic web were the final remaining piece of the puzzle. The missing matter is still being discovered at an incredible rate, still just hiding in plain sight just outside the galaxies.

They discovered that all the material outside the visible stars is corotating with the galaxies, indicating that the galactic rotation problem may disappear entirely with more observation. And how that material gets to the galaxies is even more amazing. They come in filaments currents moving in a helical vortex spiraling down onto the galaxies directly from the larger filaments of the cosmic web. That is electromagnetic action, not random chaotic gravity. And so, to summarize where we've already discovered the dominance of electromagnetism and luminous matter.

It's the star forming regions and the star forming rates the molecular cloud structures, the dusty filaments, active galactic nuclei and their electric current and magnetic field taurus jet model with the luminous matter surrounding the galaxies, with how it rotates, with how it gets to the galaxies in the first place and with that largest scale structure, the cosmic web. Well and right this is the appropriate question at this point. This is actually about the time when the more seasoned professors began to remember Alphane Klein Cosmology, the predecessor to the plasma cosmology that Dr. Peratt is talking about and we're all talking about. And even though it is a bit different, a man named Jim Peebles in 1993 basically thwarted the charge of what they called the plasma dissidence to supersymmetry dark matter, basically looking at non luminous matter, things like that.

And the two problems were that with Alphane's initial models, there were some disagreements with the cosmic microwave background. We've heard a couple of things about that already here, haven't we? But also, and more importantly, there were these missing high energy photons from annihilation events in the cosmos. And, well, we've seen they're not really missing anymore. It seems that we keep having to report these super high energy photons, photons that are breaking records for the detections.

And so it really is a different situation now than back in 1993, especially since we're learning that there are some tensions, hubble, Planck expansion, cosmic microwave background. We really do need to get these new instruments up there and see exactly what they're able to tell us about the universe at a large scale. And speaking of the larger scale on this, dr Parat's open letter to the scientific community now has dozens of signatories from the field, dozens more in related science and research fields. It's not shocking that the national labs do seem to be nailing it. There are a number of people on that signatories list that are from the national labs.

So it's not shocking that Parat did it in Los Alamos, as you said earlier. It is just a shame that his work had to be classified due to the nuclear connections. I might add that this is a very exciting time to be in physics and to be in the field of astronomy. And by astronomy, I mean astrophysical plasmas, because so much data is pouring in now that is providing justification, which we already knew because we'd done the large scale experiments. It's the physics, the high energy density physics that you're allowed to get into going into the national laboratories.

And this is void in the universities. Name a university and they simply do not have the funds, they do not have the equipment. They can't do high energy density work as is required when you're looking at the universe. The universe is the biggest pulse power generator we have and the largest high energy density media that we can experiment with. So all they're left with is ignorance.

And for that reason, large majority have gone to dark matter, invisible matter, missing matter, ghost matter, so on. To explain the failures of their codes. They publish a good many papers. Really. University physics is about publishing papers, be it right or be it wrong.

And in most cases, especially with missing matter, it's wrong. Unfortunately, the situation is even less rosy than the picture painted by Dr. Parag. I conducted the interviews for this infomentary, a dozen others that didn't make this infomentary, and there were numerous other interactions via phone, skype, email, even in person. With no less than 95 of the professors currently teaching these topics to today's youth in the United States, Canada, Australia and Europe, there was a disturbing trend that I seemed to notice as I was talking to professor after professor, and many of them were not shy at all about admitting this.

They are grossly incapable of keeping up with all of the science that is coming out that might potentially affect their field, might potentially affect their work. Now, there are three reasons why this is the case. First, professors are busy. In addition to any research or paper publishing or experiments they might be doing, they probably have to teach classes, they have to grade papers, they have to grade tests. And there's also an enormous amount of administrative work that goes into the individual students, the department, and the university as a whole.

Second, this is actually not one field, but many fields rolled into one. Astronomy, astrophysics, astrophysics of galaxies and galactic dynamics, magnetic fields, plasma turbulence, large scale cosmology, dark matter, black holes, nebula, gaseous and dusty star forming regions and their interplay altogether. Each one a very specific and highly specialized field of science. What it takes to be a player. Publishing in just one of them pretty much boggles the mind.

It's very difficult to keep up with many high level fields of science. And that brings us to number three, which is the one that most of them identified themselves as being the major problem. There are so many places where this information is coming out and there are just only so many hours in the day. The Astronomical Journal. The Astrophysical Journal astronomy and Astrophysics the Astrophysical Journal letters monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society.

Nature, Nature, Astronomy, physics of the Dark Universe. Physical Review d and Cornell's Preprint Archive Five days a week, we're talking about 5100, sometimes 200 new papers a day. And they're not all going to be relevant, but you have to scan through all of them, and a good dozen to three dozen probably are relevant. It's just not possible to keep up with all of those other things when you have a professorship, when you're doing your own research, leading your own research, when you have all those other responsibilities. It really does require a full time, dedicated passion for keeping up with all of these material.

And the interesting thing is most of them have the passion, they just don't have the time.

It's don't it.

Sam. Sam. Sam.

Honey southain periodically, yearly would go back to Stockholm, Sweden, and I guess he would go back in the summers and not in the winters. I guess he was not enthralled about the cold of Stockholm in the winter. Also, it gets very dark there very early. And at that latitude there's maybe about 5 hours of sunlight and the rest is all dark. They call it the blue hour going into these different phases.

And so I spent actually two sabbaticals at the Royal Institute of Technology in Stockholm with Alphane and his colleagues. And there I picked up more direct information. After all was alpha. And that got me started in this field, and that is also in the 2015 edition of my book. I also spent time in Norway at the Institute, the Norwegian Institute for Physics, and there spent a great deal of time with another professor touring Norway, going up to the Northern Light section of Norway, Swalbard, where I could see that day I was quite a runner.

And I used to run along the shores of Norway up north, where I could see Swalbard Island, which is all covered with ice, and it's got polar bears, so I had no interest whatsoever of going there. However, it did prepare me for another task that I was given, and that was in the final days of the Soviet Union before they became the Federated State. We were doing nuclear experiments at the Nevada Test Site and also nuclear experiments at Novaya Zimla, which was the Soviets, the Russians nuclear test site in the Arctic. And I was team leader for experiments there, where I collected a great deal of information. They also have a lot of high stales, also have polar bears, and luckily I'm a shooter, so they gave me AK 47 just in case.

I remember one of the Soviet nine is saying, if you come face to face with a polar bear, you are no more. And that's true. So you've got to be quick, you've got to have a weapon.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Heart Beat of Time – 08-16-2023

Heart Beat of Time - 08-16-2023

Heart Beat of Time - 08-16-2023

Episode Summary:

The text discusses the novelty theory and the work of Russian scientist Kozyrev, who focused on the nature of time. After spending ten years in a Siberian gulag, he developed experiments in the 60s that led to the observation that time exhibits aspects of pressure. This pressure builds up to a threshold before manifesting a result, a pattern that repeats in various aspects of reality, such as the stock market, heartbeat, and chemical reactions. The text emphasizes that this understanding of time's pressure-like behavior can be applied to various fields, including linguistics, and is a fundamental aspect of our reality.

The text explores the concept of building tension and release in various contexts, including chemical reactions, language, human interactions, and societal dynamics. It emphasizes how this pattern can be observed in individual behaviors, such as a fight between two people, or on a larger scale, like potential civil unrest. The author also connects this idea to novelty theory and the Yuga cycles, suggesting that humanity is entering a new age where increased energy from the Galactic Center will lead to an "up-leveling" of human consciousness and technology. The text concludes with a hopeful outlook on humanity's potential growth and evolution.

The text discusses the transition from the Kali Yuga (Iron Age) to the Bronze Age, emphasizing an up-leveling of complexity and novelty production. It contrasts the simplicity of life 500 years ago with today's interconnected world and predicts another significant uptick in complexity. The author explains the Yuga cycles, including the transition periods, and asserts that humanity is 25 years into a 75-year transition to the Bronze Age. The text also criticizes the Khazarian Mafia for attempting to suppress this advancement and predicts a short-lived hyperinflation period. The author concludes that the transition to a new age is inevitable.

The text explores the shift from building tension language to release language, reflecting a change in societal dynamics. It discusses the increasing complexity and novelty in various aspects of life, such as parts shortages and the potential for on-demand production through 3D printing. The author emphasizes the transition into a new era marked by decentralized and diversified solutions, predicting that this trend will continue for the next 2100 years. The text concludes with the idea that the universe rewards novelty creation, and individuals can benefit from understanding and adapting to these changes.

#3Dprinting #adaptation #advancement #BronzeAge #causality #change #chemistry #complexity #decentralization #experiments #heartbeat #hyperinflation #inflation #innovation #KaliYuga #KhazarianMafia #Kozyrev #language #linguistics #manifestation #novelty #noveltytheory #pressure #reality #release #science #SiberianGulag #technology #tension #threshold #time #transition #YugaCycles

Heart Beat of Time - 08-16-2023

All right, one more time. Hello, guys. Hello, humans. Hello, humans. It's almost nine Wednesday morning.

Heading inland to do some shopping and chores, chopping and anyway, wanted to talk about the idea of the the novelty theory. But even more than that, aspects of the novelty theory that may actually exist, okay, they may be able to be projected as a result of Cozy Rev's work on time in the 60s. So Kozi Rev was a Russian scientist. Quite brilliant. Ended up pissing off the fishildom and being sent to a gulag for counter revolutionary thinking and no good in the old Soviet days.

But in any event, so they let him out of the gulag ten years early, after he'd only been there for ten years and for ten years. So that isolated him from physics, from everything. He had no equipment or any of this in the gulag. He was digging coal in Siberia. In any event, though, during that period of time, he did a lot of thinking, and he came up with a whole bunch of experiments, which they performed single lane road here and a pilot car.

They performed these experiments through the 60s, okay? So without going into all of the different experiments and the nature of what they were attempting to get at and so on, there was a common observation that came through all of these experiments that were involved with time, okay? So cozy. Rev was experimenting with time. He wanted to find out stuff about time, and he did a good job.

There was a lot of thought that went into it over the ten years that he was in the gulag and didn't have equipment and couldn't do anything, and he was digging coal.

Actually, I think he was also cutting wood. They was out on a wood harvesting thing in Siberia. He was in a Siberian gulag. In any event, though, so he comes up with all these experiments that go to the nature of time, and without going into those, there was a common observation that occurred in all of the experiments. It showed up in all of them relative to time, regardless of what aspect of time was being investigated.

And here's the gist of it, okay? They had an observation that Kozarev could say, when things are involved with time, there will be this effect. And this effect is hard for me to describe, but it's very easy for me to illustrate with a quick graphic, because with a graphic, you would easily draw this particular shape, and everybody would say, oh, yeah, I get that, I grasp that. But here's the idea.

It's an aspect of pressure, okay? So time exhibits aspects that are apparent pressure. And so it's very much in terms of how it manifests, it's very much like a pressure cooker where you put your rice or your millet or something in the little pressure cooker. And you put your water in there and you put the top on and the little weight, and then you put it in heat. Put it on some heat, and you wait for the pressure to build up.

Okay. And when the pressure builds up, you know it because the little weight is overcome by the pressure. It rises up and steam comes out and there's that hissy noise, the noise or however the hell the machine makes it anyway. And so that takes some duration in order for that to occur. And so you put it on there and at some point after it has heated up and so on, there will be pressure building up from the evaporation of the water, from the heat that can't escape and so the pressure keeps going.

Time itself seems to function in this same manner in that there is a pressure threshold before there is manifestation of result from causality. So this where it gets really tricky in talking about all this. You got to be really precise but you have to define the terms so that everybody understands. So if you're in a meeting about this shit, you know that everybody is talking about these terms in exactly the same way, right?

And this setup, this observation that Cozy Riv made continues to exhibit no matter how he approached demonstrating causality and result as demonstrable manifestations of time, he would always get this building threshold being crossed and then the event and in the process of that event manifesting, the metrics involved would drop slightly. So if you were plotting it, you would have a line that would rise at some steep angle upward. It would reach a particular peak. And then as we see in things like stock market charts or even blood pressure or heartbeat even it's all there. It's everywhere.

The same dynamic repeats everywhere in reality, in all aspects of reality. Chemistry in your heartbeat. Like I say, pumping blood, thinking everything is driven by time. And it all repeats this same pattern, which is this rise up to a threshold, the crest of the threshold. A slight drop as the event is manifest into reality.

As the result of the causality occurs, there will be always a diminuation of the energies involved at some level as the manifestation takes place. And there's reasons to we can go into to explain this, as to why this happens, why this occurs, why this is a necessary component of time. But at the moment we're not going to go into that. We're not going to deal with that. But we are living through or in.

Okay? So we live in a time based reality. This time based reality puts this particular observable flow dynamic on everything from chemical reactions, biochemical reactions, growth, how we would talk about kids having growth spurts, how they'd seemingly grow and then sort of sort of stop growing for a while, right? It's not a continuous process. So there are no continuous processes within our reality.

Everything works on this pulse because time provides this pulse which creates impulse, which creates waves, which creates all forms of energy within our manifesting reality right within the material.

So we can plot that same kind of like rise up, slight drop down and then a little bit of a flat plateau and then another rise up just like on your blood pressure. Just like if you look at the little graphs on your blood pressure as they're taking your blood pressure and it, you know, does that, what do they call it? Sinusoidal rhythm, right? And that is part of the manifestation that we get out of time on all things. So it is not a surprise that, for instance, my work with linguistics would discover that we had, quote, pressure coming through on language that would exhibit exactly the same kind of graphic dynamic as does time, as does the heartbeat, as does the pulsing of the sun.

All of these things now in our manifesting reality, where most of us don't care about, to a great degree about the millisecond by millisecond aspects of causality and we only deal in the world of results. This is a key function for us, right, because we can say that, oh, well, we'll get a result at this point when this particular energy has crested this level of threshold and we may not be able to predict it. Some things we can predict. So you can predict that kind of thing in, say, a chemical reaction. If you knew that you had so many moles of this chemical and so many moles of that chemical and you were mixing them together and you're going to get a chemical reaction, you can say that.

Well, based on the molecular density of this particular element within the chemical reaction, we will get our manifestation, our result, our completion of the blending, the compounding of these chemicals at this point because we can anticipate the time involved because it's all of the known quantities. And we've got that formula for how fast certain chemical reactions occur pretty well. Delineated all right. And so what I was trying to do in a sense that wasn't my goal, but one of the things that my work aimed into was being able to do a prediction on manifestation of causality relative to language. And so in the process, in the early days of doing the work, I discovered that, well, jeez, there's various different kinds of pressure here linguistically, but they all seem to behave in either a building tension fashion or a release tension fashion.

And the language was subtly different and the emotional elements was different in each. And so I could start determining, oh, this word being used in this way with these adjectives is a manifestation of building tension, right? Or I could say that, oh, look, that same word now has these adjectives and is showing up in this level of density and we're about to get a release episode around it because we're getting release adjectives building up.

It was fairly reliable that way. Okay, hang on, just get a shut down here. So we could do that, we could anticipate release occurrences off of building tension. At some point, maybe it was 2002, I started figuring that out. And then by 2003, I was able to make better and better projections relative to timing for the manifestation of something that was within the building language.

So you would see this in humans in a gross situation where you got two guys, they're at a restaurant, for whatever reason, their moods are compatible with each other, with the intent of contention, okay? So they may not be pissed going in, but whatever, they're all set. They get in, their circumstances develop. And then you have contention between these two guys. Before there's actually any physical interaction, there will be a rising amount of tension.

They'll be building tension, language. And you've heard it before, how they talk to each other before the fight, so on and so on, right? Not necessarily swearing at each other, but building up to the point where one of them will cross a threshold. They will have had their emotional building tension up to a certain point and then they will have a release episode within their mind and they'll start swinging. And that's the reaction, that's the dynamic, they've crossed that threshold and the fight is on.

So we see these kinds of activities all throughout our reality, this building tension peak, little tiny bit of a drop and then a plateau as the manifestation occurs. Now we're living in that at this point as we get further into the manifestation, the emergence of this next level of novelty theory relative to humans. So here's where it gets quite a bit tricky, okay? That same level of building tension dynamic with its peak and then a slight drop and then a plateau, that applies to grouping tensions as well. So that design pattern manifests in groups of humans at all different levels.

And as you can see, for instance, we have potential contention and potential civil war here in the United States with some of these assholes shooting at each other and that kind of thing, but mainly not because we haven't crossed that level of tension in the release language, right? And so everybody knows the tension is building. You got a lot of people saying, hey, we're headed towards civil war, but we don't actually have it. Yada, yada, yada, right, we haven't crossed that threshold. When we do, then there's a dynamic, then things happen, then there is the actual conflict.

And there are a lot of people that know these kind of things and they're attempting to manage this and diffuse it so that we don't get into a shooting war here, that we don't get into a civil war.

So anyway, so as I say, it applies to large scale human activity as well as individual heartbeats and that kind of thing. And you can make predictions around this now, relative to novelty theory, here's what is happening.

The shift, for instance, in an individual. So you got an individual, you got a human that's got some problems with their heart, for instance, okay? And so they go into AFib occasionally, as they go into AFib fibrillation, as they go into this erratic heartbeat, they cross that threshold. There's the building tension. And then when it drops down into when it peaks and then drops into the plateau area, it goes into another form of action.

And you get the AFib. It doesn't go back to a regular beat. It gets irregular for whatever reason involved, doesn't matter. It happens at that point. And then you're into AFib, which has a slightly different heartbeat action.

But the whole of the AFib episode can be thought of as one of these building tensions into release tension, because if you're aware of the AFib, then it becomes a real problem on your mind. And then at some point, you need it to stop. And so then you get into release, and then you have a release within yourself that way. Okay? So in other words, going from a regular heartbeat into AFib can be considered to be crossing a chaotic threshold, but is also an elevation of the function of the heart relative to the amount of electricity going into it that causes the beats as it is.

And so, for whatever reason, at that point, you're getting more electricity into the heart and it's becoming irregular in its beating operation, may go faster. I don't think that they have AFib that goes slower as a rule. But in any event, though, so this is a pattern. And we are living through one of those patterns now where our social order is going through a regular heartbeat and it's about to get more energy. We're about to up level the amount of energy going into we finally get to go here.

We've been waiting on the pilot car. So we're finally getting into that point where we're able to or there will be this manifestation as we get into the next up leveling of the Algo, basically from universe that controls novelty, et cetera, right? We're at a situation where now everything contributes to novelty within universe. So the Yuga system is set up by universe to provide us a non static base that we can potentially create novelty from. So as the Yugas change, we get more and more energy from Galactic Center and we become better humans, so to speak, right?

We become more involved humans, more aware humans, et cetera, because there's more of these Galactic Center emanations. This is after we get out of the Kali Yuga, as we have 325 years now. And we're into the Dwapara Yuga, the Bronze Age, and it is short jeez. Anyway. And so we're now getting into these new ages where we're getting more energy from Galactic Center and humanity is going to up level.

All right? As a result of more of these energies. We're not as dense as we were. We're not as mentally dense as we were in the Kali Yuga. And you can plot our technology blooming and all these advancements and everything against these Yuga cycles and see that this is fairly factual, easily plotted.

And so we know that Universe is providing these things in order that there might be up leveling of complexity and up leveling of complexity towards the idea of creating novelty. And that's the whole goal, right, is more novelty, better novelty, et cetera. And we're right there now that we're taking this, we are in the process of reaching that peak, and then we're going to drop down into a new drop slightly, but then we'll come into a new level here of novelty production. And that level of novelty production is going to be literally a whole order of magnitude over the novelty production that we have been used to. So just as though you can see that in the middle of the Kali Yuga, back about 500 Ad or so, 500 current era, back about that far, people were riding on donkeys.

You didn't talk to but maybe 30 people in your whole life. If you lived in a village, you could live and die in a village. Your lifespan was relatively short, maybe 30 or 40 years, and you could live your whole life and not see more than 30 or 40 people. And so the amount of stimulation, the amount of variance, the amount of complexity was relatively little. Now we're getting into the point where every time you turn around, some shit's happening.

You've got Internet connecting you to everybody so that there's just so much coming in, there's so much more information that we were in a giant up leveling of information and complexity over what had occurred when people were riding around on donkeys and pulling loads of goods up and down the Nile with horses and ropes, right? That kind of thing. So we've had this big uptick on that level. Now we're about to take another one of those. Okay, so here's the way these things are thought to work out.

The Kali Yuga is split into two. Like all the Yugas are split into two. So you have a descending. So going away from the emanations of Galactic Center and an ascending of all of the ages of the Kali Yuga, the Bronze Age, the Silver Age, and the Kali means Iron. It's the Iron Age.

So the Iron Age, the Bronze Age, the Silver Age and the Gold Age. And you have an ascending and a descending on each of these. Now, as you go from one age to another, there is a one quarter of the time involved algorithm or design pattern, okay? So Universe would have the Kaliyuga be one quarter in length of the Golden Age. And when the Kaliyuga converts over to the Bronze Age, as we are in now, you go through a period of time where you're like losing the hangover of the Iron Age, where your people are becoming more and more intelligent.

They're being more intelligent as more emanations come in from Galactic center. And thus the whole population is being elevated mentally by these emanations as you go forward. And so the Kali Yuga halves, each half of it, the descending half and the ascending half, are each 1200 years old or 1200 years long. Within that, there's a one quarter of the distance thing, just like with radiations out in space. So one quarter of the distance away from the microwave, you've lost the square of the power.

So the power level drops down massively with distance. We have that within time. We find that this same pattern repeats in aspects of time, that is to say, duration aspects of time. So the Kaliyuga, each half of which is 1200 years. So in that 2400 years, we get this thing where as we are into the Ascending One now, and as we're leaving the Ascending One, one quarter of the time involved in each half in the Ascending One will be used to shed the hangover, so to speak, of that age.

So you have 1200 years of the ascending Kali Yuga, which we popped out of in 1698, and then we're going to have another 300 years, which was one quarter of that 1200 years in which we will transition from the mindset, the density of the Iron Age into the slightly more mentally sparkly Bronze Age, right? And so we do that for 300 years, and then we have a quarter of that distance, which would be 75 years, one quarter of the 300. And that 75 years is the period of time in which we set the themes for the developing New Age. So we're 25 years into that 75 year period. I know it's complicated, guys.

Basically what it's all saying is that there's a transition period, and we only have 50 years left of this transition period before we're, like, rock solid into the Bronze Age. But within this transition period, if you look around, you can see the themes, the driving mental focus that will be dominating this particular age. And so we know we're coming into an age of science, technology, et cetera, et cetera. And actually that's why we're having these big battles over all the non science nut jobs, the Khazarian Mafia trying to hold us back into the Kaliyuga. And so this is really all part of the novelty thing.

Okay? So the Khazarian Mafia gained power through the Yuga because of the density of humans and because of their particular predatory approach to dealing with things and their clanish behavior, right? Okay, so the Khazarian Mafia here has been trying to suppress the advance of humanity into the Bronze Age because they lose power when we think, right? When we're thinking we're not going to fall for their horseshit. When you're really thinking, you say, no, a central bank.

That's slavery. You're enslaving me to a hidden inflation that you're going to say is 2%, but it'll never be that. It'll be eight and ten and 12%, and you'll be hiding it the whole time and lying to me the whole time. The whole point of the Central Bank is to lie and thief and enslave me. And I can see this, so I don't want to have anything to do with it.

And so, consequently, in the Bronze Age, if everybody thinks that way, then we won't involve ourselves with their fiat currency and we'll do something else. And the Khazarian mafia will greatly lose power, as they are doing now. So we're seeing the collapse of the Soros empire. We're seeing the collapse of all of these skim empires where they make money because they control the money supply, and they rake off and they rob through currency exchange trades, all of this different kind of stuff. It's another layer of hidden enslavement by taxation on the money.

And so now we're at this point where we're reaching a peak, and we can all see that. We can see that inflation is reaching a peak to the point where we're going to kick over into hyperinflation. That will not last long, okay? That will probably last less than four months, maybe five, because we're a large country. There's very few countries like ours that have gone through hyperinflationary periods.

So when the Soviet Union collapsed, they did not go hyperinflationary. The devaluation of the currency from the outside was used to destroy the Soviet system by Reagan's people, but they did not enter into a hyperinflation. There were a few bits and pieces of it in few areas in the Soviet Union, but in general, the currency collapsed and it seriously collapsed. And everybody's reaction was to go to outside currencies. So they just basically abandoned their own internal ruble, the Soviet ruble, and they used it as markers, but they were using outside currencies as a basis for supporting any supposed purchasing value within that within that currency.

Okay. All right. I know getting really long and far afield here, but basically what's happening is we're crossing this threshold just as the Soviets did when there is an external pressure trying as the Kazarian Mafia has been doing for the last 300 plus years has been trying to retain their power which was entirely derived from their position within the Kaliyuga. And it's going to fail anyway because the Kaliyuga is no longer in effect, and none of us will be able to ever alter this at all. The only thing they think they've been able to do is to slow it down a little bit.

Right? So anyway, all that's going on, and this is the point at which our complexity becomes cominoric and we enter into this next level of novelty. So as much as you think there's new shit going on now, if you're into science, there's new stuff happening on science every day. If you're into sports, there's new stuff happening there every day. Medicine, health, anything, money.

There's just so much new stuff happening, it's difficult to keep up with it. And you find yourself not really even able to branch out to some other area of interest because there's so much new stuff in your primary area. And so no matter where we go, we're going to get this new stuff, novelty thing at a huge level. Now that we've reached this next level. And it's manifesting now.

Lots of people had predicted this to occur on 2012. Maybe that was the start of it, maybe that was the peak at a particular level of emotional threshold. And now we're into the new pattern that will be developing the next level up. This is very much like gaming where you go through a software game and you've done everything in a particular level. You get the final magic tomato or whatever the fuck it is, and you're promoted, so to speak, into the next level of complexity.

And everything gets a lot harder. So the challenges become harder. That's where we're at now. The challenges are going to become harder and we're going to have to decide how we're going to deal with it on an individual and collective basis. The collective basis is going to be just a bitch to work out because everybody's going to be so fractured and pulled away by all of this stuff.

So you'll see a lot of people that just don't pay any attention to politics or don't pay any attention to science or nowadays everybody's pretty much paying attention to medicine because we all got fucked up by the Pandemic, right? But even the Pandemic, they planned that. They wanted to kill all these people. This whole genocide thing was part of the Khazarian mafia trying to retain control. Universe won't have it, it won't allow it.

There were people that they killed. Obviously, as shit happens like this, these elements, so to speak, the Kazarian mafia attempting to do the Pandemic, the failure of the fiat currency, the mother Weffers trying to their next scam, which is the climate thing, right? Everybody needs to lock down because there's going to be wind today or something, right? Anyway, all of that shit, as well as the land grab in Maui, all of these things are all part of this point of developing pressure. These are all weights on the pressure cooker of that particular level of interest.

So we know that there's a desire for the mother Weffers to own all this property in Hawaii. We know that Obama wants to expand his Hawaii base. And so they direct the Dew weapons. They have the Chinese map, all of Hawaii with their lasers last year, and then this year they have the Dew weapons come on down and surgically remove those areas that they don't want people in, that they want to buy up. And then now, within just days, we've got a book out about it.

And within a couple of days, the government's now announcing that you can't sell the land. We're going to take it through eminent domain, so nobody can sell their land to anybody. Now, of course, the eminent domain means that they're just going to keep it and have a sweetheart deal for the insiders, right? And so that's the whole process. And the insurance companies are saying, we're not paying, and all of this kind of stuff.

So all this is all the building tension in that particular area. And this is the way it is with everything now. So we've passed out of the 25th year, okay? So within the 75 years in which we set our memes, our themes for the particular new age, that part of the transition. That part is also divided up into quarters.

And by the way, four is the number of time. And I can get into that at some other talk about what cozy rev discovered relative to time and digits, so to speak. But anyway, so that one quarter of that 75 years, slightly less than 20 years, and we're out of that. And in that period of time, we set the primary revision means, so to speak, right? So those things we're going to be undoing and redoing.

So we could go through now if we were smart enough and we had a big supercomputer and we could just look at all this language and stuff and say, okay, these are the areas that over the next 2400 years, humanity is going to be exploring. We know some of these things and it's really curious the way that it's coming out. If you'd done this exercise 200 years ago, you would say in 1894, when Yuktasvar analyzed what was going on, he was a Hindu scientist and mystic, and he analyzed what was going on and said, the themes for this particular Yuga will be ElectriCities and small particles. And indeed it is, but the small particles is crapping out. Okay, that's a stupid bad idea from the Kazarians that they put vast quantities of money into.

With all these atom smashers, the Large Hadron Collider and all of that kind of stuff, and that's reached its peak and it's about to collapse. It's going to be shown to be an absolute failure. Total waste of money, doesn't give them what they want. And their whole concept was bogus from the beginning because they were basically listening to Einstein and he didn't have a fucking clue. But as part of this is we are going to go into ElectriCities and energies and stuff, and we have investigated the small particles, but because it happened within the 300 years, it was one of the transition things that will be dropped.

So we know that we won't be dealing with quantum physics or particle physics at that level going forward. That in fact, it'll be the other it'll be the ElectriCities and the energy and. So on, which puts us back into the ether kind of an approach on things. So these things can be sussed out based on the algorithms that we can see relative to the yugas, relative to how time works and its functioning within humanity, how it manifests as a dynamic change within humanity. And as I wanted to say, we are there now for the novelty, not we're smart.

Okay? So we are not going to expect politics to calm down once Trump is back in as president, okay? In fact, getting there is going to be a huge issue because we're going to have to cross one of those major peaks, one of those major thresholds in order to get that to occur. So there'll be all kinds of chaos leading up to that and then it'll just put us on a higher level of plateau from which we build the next level of peak. And that's the pattern that we're in now.

So we can expect that in fact the, as Trump becomes president again, that in fact we should have at that point a major escalation in dynamic activity within internal US. Politics because we will be dropping into this next level. So when we peak and we come down slightly from that peak and we hit that plateau, that next plateau relative to politics at that point will be the base for the building for the next 2100 years. And so we'll be building from this point on upward. So we're not going to be like going back.

Right?

It's a difficult concept to get across. I find it easier to sketch it out because you can draw these lines and it just sort of shows things in a nice orderly fashion that is more congenial to our minds, may not be more accurate. Right. Very difficult to quantify things like time in a graphic drawing. In any event though, our escalation, our step up, our next level up in complexity here relative because of the novelty theory, algo taking us up a notch should be quite spectacular.

But in the main, I bet you most people don't even recognize it because we've got so much other stuff going on that everybody's just going to be like too involved in the day to day part of all of it to be able to think about it in the larger context.

Wow, we were there a long time anyway. So it's interesting that we're at this point now, I've been doing work with time and language for long enough that I've been able to see our building and release language manifest and since like maybe 2008, but certainly by 2010 there was a domination of building tension. Language that had not existed in the, had not existed in the early 2000s. It sort of started creeping in in the early 2000s where building language would always dominate. You'd have more of that than you have release language.

Now the reverse of that is happening. We're getting more and more release language as people shed the tensions and the emotions right away that are being shoved into them by this step up in our novelty algorithm. And so at the moment I suspect we're going to or for this period of time, I suspect we're going to be going into release language dominant for maybe decades. I just don't know. Going to be hard to say.

They should even out at some point. That's my expectation in any event. But that point might literally be hundreds of years away for all I know. In any event, though, over these next years, you can guide your actions by presuming that whatever you're seeing in the area that interests you is going to become ever so much more complicated and convoluted and complex in any and all facets of it. So you could just sort of anticipate that, right?

So you can anticipate that, oh, there's going to be parts shortages on everything pretty much perpetually from now on for a number of different reasons and we can get into those at some point. And so you can also anticipate that there's going to be different solutions to this. There's going to be more complex solutions. So you may find that we get people that set up shops and they do production on demand of particular parts. So you're working on a car, you find a plastic part that's broken or rubber or whatever.

And so you take the plastic part and you go into one of these little shops because you can't find that part because maybe the companies that used to make it doesn't even exist anymore. But you go in with that part to the shop, they put it into a 3D scanner, they scan it, get all the metrics, maybe have to glue it back together, do a little bit of fiddling to make it fit. Maybe they've got software that does that, who knows? And then they sit there and they print that part for you. Maybe that's going to be our solution to the part issue is that we'll set up little stores everywhere that will produce parts on demand.

And then maybe they can do this for metal parts, but they have to send it to the information to a foundry and then the part gets mailed back to you. That kind of a thing, right? And so we won't be in a position so we're basically transiting from a position of auto parts stores where they would stash existing parts that pre made and so on. Maybe that's going to slowly die off as we have to morph into this other approach here. So I've run into that with people I do business with where guy's got a tree business and he's got a lift truck, one of those trucks that you sit in a little bucket and it lifts you up on this arm way to the top of the tree.

So you can trim the tree or cut it down in chunks or whatever, right? And perfectly functioning business and everything. And then some parts crap out on his lift truck and lo and behold, nobody's manufacturing those anymore. And so he's out of business until he can figure a solution, which basically is another lift truck which he had not anticipated buying because when you buy a piece of gear for your job like that, you just sort of automatically think that you'll be able to get parts and keep it in good repair. And in this case that didn't happen, right?

Could not happen. Well, now we're back to that point where it's probably going to be this kind of a way for all different kinds of stuff, which is not necessarily a good thing if you're used to the old situation. But at least it is our approach, and it's going to be ever so much more complex and ever so much more novel than had existed. So it's an upgrade in novelty for us to split out to decentralized and so on and diversified part production for our machinery. And from there maybe we're going to have individualized factories that start up, that kind of thing.

No one knows exactly how this thing is going to mature and develop as we go forward, but we know that we're in that point of manifesting change where change is written with a giant big sea and it's going to be dominating our lives. Well, it'll dominate the rest of my life, but probably that dominate the lives of everybody that is able to listen to this because it'll be continuing like this for 2100 years as we are in the Bronze Age.

So anyway, that's where we're at. I'm almost at my first stop. Sorry about that. This one ran a little bit long. At least it gave us the opportunity to get into some of this stuff here.

But the takeaway on this is that there is this repeating pattern that shows up in every fucking thing involving any kind of activity, life or dynamic action in our material. And this operating principle has this threshold thing that reaches a peak and then it drops slightly and then you're into a plateau from which the next level builds up. And we're able to see this pattern in all forms of activity so you can predict that it will occur. Everything from heartbeats to whether or not there's going to be a fight breakout in that bar or restaurant, right? And by anticipating these things you can hopefully guide yourself a little bit better through some of this shit we're all going to be going through in this transition as we manifest our new reality here.

And that's basically what we're doing. We're all little elements in universe's novelty game, right? And so it's up to us to do our best to aid universe in creating novelty and in so doing universe will reward us. There's algorithms in this game that say if you're a good novelty creator, we'll give you lots of money. And we see that this happens all the time.

We see these effects where artists and creative people get lots of money for being creative people. And it's sort of a quid pro quo. They may not understand it. They may just be going with it. They like singing and everybody else likes their singing, that sort of thing.

But, um, it's basically this algorithm from Universe, and you can take advantage of it. Okay, guys, I got a lot of stuff here, and apparently I'm going to be held up on the way back too. So anyway, that's a discussion of novelty theory and talk to you later.

Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


FLUX WOO – Explorers Guide to SciFi World – 10-08-2021

FLUX WOO - Explorers Guide to SciFi World - 10-08-2021

FLUX WOO - Explorers Guide to SciFi World - 10-08-2021

Hello humans. Hello humans. whoops. There we go. Hang on.

Here we are. Okay, so this is the Flux Woo, or the flux of the Woo or the wu fluxing. We're at that point in the overwhe where the paradigm has the old, old paradigm has been subsumed. It's it's totally under under the woo now. And as we see by, you know, Biden's approval rating and the fact that he's in a fake office and everybody calls him a fake president, and even the manipulated the polls are showing that he's in the shit house, this kind of thing, right?

So we're seeing that we're seeing the CNN with less than a million viewers for a whole week, all of these kind of things showing that the msm is dying and the overwho is winning and the paradigm has been subsumed and is gradually breaking up and falling away. It's important that we know where we came from in order to understand why we are here, that we may think about where we're going and what we have to deal with. So we're going to go through a history lesson here. Won't be as bad as it may appear from the little bit of lettering in the background there. But anyway, the history begins back a while.

It begins back a while in 1957 and 58. Okay? So that year inclusive was the International Geophysical Year. The Geophysical Science Year. There was all kinds of shit that happened in antarctica that year.

All kinds of governments devoted resources and they made PACs about it, wrote treaties and stuff and did things in antarctica over the course of that year, whatever. We don't know what prompted the International Geophysical Year effort to arise. We do know that it happened extremely rapidly, that a lot of resources were put to bear on this. PR campaigns, physical resources, all kinds of ship movements and all different kinds of stuff. Material happened very rapidly.

It happened because of something that occurred, I believe, in 1955 or early 1956. Then they thought about it for a while, they came up with this idea, and then they sprung the Geophysical Year on us full blown. I mean, there was no lead in. So it was just like, okay, we're going to go do this International Geophysical Year next year. There was no big PR campaign, et cetera.

Bear in mind this was the time before the Internet. And so it took a long time for information to propagate because you were dealing with print media and newsreels and that kind of stuff, and TV, but not everybody had TV in the so there were, you know, there were whole, whole giant regions that didn't have access to what we would think of as even near real time or instant media. And so you would usually have a PR campaign. You would plan PR campaigns in the early 50s if you were a business with a three or a four year operational time. So if you were going to have a big major advertising campaign for a new product or anything that had to be introduced, you would give it at least four years.

So you'd start four years before your or three years before your target year. Get everything ready, have all of the magazines and everybody prepped, have to bribe all the editors and stuff, get all the contracts, this sort of thing, in order to then have that final year go off reasonably smoothly. And so to do this in that short period of time, in my opinion, and that opinion of others, resulted the impetus for that resulted from something that occurred. So something happened in 55 or 56 that caused this this event, these events to go on. All right, so in 58, we also find that actually it was 59.

It was 59. I believe that Mao Zoomg was maneuvered out of the Communist Party's leadership. He was retired, okay? He didn't want to retire. They they did that to him, and he actually went around and got backing from other ASP other parts of the Communist Party, other parts of the Chinese power structure, and came back in 62, and he led the Cultural Revolution from 62 to 68, and in effect, he recaptured China from his old partners, if you will.

So it was a business thing. He was eased out. He was the chairman of the board. He was it's a crime family. He was gently retired.

The godfather was led out to pasture, only the godfather didn't like it. He couldn't get back in because the clan had already decided he was out. So he went out and got a bunch of kids, street thugs, and came back and took over the whole neighborhood until the point where his old gang had to invite him back in because they didn't control the neighborhood anymore. And so it was really strategic. It was very well done, but he didn't do it on his own.

There was a lot of outside influences that precipitated that that caused that to occur. So that was from 62. That occurred in 62. He took over again, took him four years to get there. Then by 68, he finally got to the point where he had gotten so infirm that he was retiring 63, they assassinated Kennedy, and that was a deep state operation, okay?

That was done by the CIA and by as we know, the mafia was the hit man. You had to have the plausible deniability, but it was a deep state. It was Johnson as Vice President and all of the others in there. I mean, the Supreme Court, all these people were involved in that particular op. So they they took Kennedy out, and then five years later, we see that Mouse doing is is removed once more, and this time it was more or less permanent.

He he was given an honorary title, and he does his last bit of work in 1976, and he was like a Joe Biden in 1976. And they had him doing meeting the, you know, the Pakistani ambassador, that kind of thing. And so but no one was saying, you know, fuck Mao. Anyway, though, in 1972, some really interesting stuff happened because we have the we have the nixon opening up China. All right, that one's no good, I don't think.

There we go. nixon and Bush. And Bush is the real key player here. This is papa Bush and Bush Senior. And they opened up China.

So they go in and they actually meet with and start doing business with the CCP in an open fashion in 1972. And Mao retires here in 76. But in 1973, Bush had 700 factories under his control in China. nominal ownership, you know, titles to him, all different kinds of different ways to own him. He had 700 factories in a year.

They set those deals up when he went over with and met with the CCP in in 71 and or in 72. So now the CCP was was operating on a plan that Mao had come up with before he retired in 58, in which Mao had said, or before he was retired, mao had said, we can conquer the west and we must conquer the West, OK? So between 1958, when Mao made this particular speech, and really 1968, so over the course of those ten years, China, the CCP was developing this plan that had been based on mao's concept. How much of it he was relaying, how much of it he created, I don't know. He was the mouthpiece for it.

And they called it the three facilities. OK, or the Three Pathways might be a better way to define it. And it was the three pathways for China to conquer the planet. And it was based on this idea that they had that Mao had in 1958, that it must be done, that China must conquer all of the planet in order for the CCP to survive. They couches in nationalistic terms and racial terms even, and ideology terms, but it was basically a recognizing of the fact that they didn't have moral authority and that they could be swept aside at any time that their control was in any way loosened.

All right, so in 1958, Mao comes up with this plan, or as I say, the Three Facilities. The Three Pathways plan is devised in that there's these three pathways to them conquering all of Earth. And what they're going to basically do is to destroy the west from the inside out by making them dependent on cheap Chinese labor, subverting their royals and leaders our royals and leaders by making those people dependent on the output of the cheap Chinese labor in the form of bribes and participation and so on. Whereas the populace here in the west would be induced to buy cheap Chinese goods. And of course, all this props up China by getting all this money anyway through the process and subvert our culture that way, and then a deliberate attack in the form of the subversion of the media and a long march through the institutions.

FLUX WOO - Explorers Guide to SciFi World - 10-08-2021

And so that was begun in the we're living in that world now. All right, so all of the CCP attack in the United States against the west, because it's not just the United States, was begun in this period of time from 1958 to 1968, when they solidified the Three Pathways Plan. And that plan led to in the 1970s, this particular late 70s, like 79, I think this particular Chinese professor who was an instructing teaching professor at the pla's, the People's Liberation army's version of the war college he started. Writing a cohesive plan for implementation of one of these three pathways, which was the subversion of the culture such that we would be unable to fight back. This idea that he works out and he works out with all this out with scientists in China, and they come up with this.

Basically what they're being motivated by is where we are right now is the conditions that we're at right now. So the Chinese in the in the 1958, Mao had he had information that related to the International Geophysical Year. His speech was a supporting PR effort for the Chinese involvement in the International Geophysical Year. Bear in mind, they didn't get along with anybody. They were really pissed at the russians then.

They'd been sort of fighting border skirmishes for a while. Their society was in upheaval. They had a lot of poverty. They were trying to deal with that. They were not up to expending money outside the borders of China.

Yet they participated in this grand effort of the International Geophysical Year. And Mao had to sell it in a number of speeches. And in those speeches, he talked about, you know, the greater glory of China, the efforts of, you know, Chinese exploration, all this other stuff. But they they ponied up a good amount of stuff into this antarctic effort. Okay, so Mao was aware in 1958 of whatever it was in 1955 or 56 that caused the Geophysical Year effort to happen because that was not organic.

It wasn't like they just decided to deal with pollution or climate change or any of that, right? But that effort in 1957, 58 in the Geophysical Year set a huge chain of events going that we're living through right now that culminated in the climate change extremists out in Britain. The climate change, global warming efforts. All of this, all of this, all these lies that the powers that be have been spewing out about that originated and came from this whatever occurred in 56 or 57 that got them so spooked or 50, 55 or 56. And then they went and did the geophysical year, which basically involved a lot of mapping of the planet poking around in the bottom of the oceans, looking up in the skies and going to antarctica.

All right. So that was really and taking a lot of samples. Mainly they ignored the arctic. So anyway, so it was an interesting non patterned pattern of scientific activities in the in the PR bullshit that they had for it was basically 100% bullshit. That was easy to see through now, but it was motivating enough then to get part of the populace to get moving on it.

Okay? So all this history stuff gets really involved, and it's sort of complicated, but it has a bearing on where we're at now. So all of those people from the 50s all the way through to the China were working on this plan to do something relative to saving China. China prospering something, right? And in 68, they start maneuvering to get with the election of the well.

Okay, so in 1968, the Chinese start through the UN maneuvering to the point where in 69 and 70 there were contacts, even though we were technically at war with them. In the proxy state wars in Vietnam and elsewhere, the Chinese were in contact with our government very extensively through these UN backed channels leading up to the point where nixon announced he's going to go on over and have a face to face meeting with chicoms there. He announced it in 71, and he went there in, like, May of 72. All the dates are important. The dates are important to all of the power players because they try and do things on these key dates, but I'm not going to remember them or any of that, nor am I going to bother looking them up at this point.

The idea is here, though, that when they went on over, there had been considerable contact before then. It was a done deal. It was all a PR thing. It was not any kind of negotiations or any of that. In fact, they may have just been negotiating the details of some of these 700 factories that they were having built.

So they knew probably as early as 68, because of the cooperation between the Us deep state and the Chinese deep state, that they knew that they were going to offshore all of our jobs and gut out as much of the west as they could in favor of China. And so they did it to the Us. They did it to Australia, they did it to New Zealand, Britain, most of Western Europe, et cetera, have been hollowed out for manufacturing by converting everything over to the Chinese as a result of this effort that I say had been planned for ten years. And then in 76, this professor writes the book Unrestricted Warfare, and he talks about basically killing off 200 plus million people in the United States. Now, he says that in the his book, okay, but the process of writing that book was a bunch of speeches that he gave from 76 to about 92.

And then I think the book comes out in at least it's released in China in those years. I don't have an exact release date for it, but in the early 90s, but he'd given me a lot of these speeches ahead of that period of time as his career was progressing. And he was a chosen spokesperson because he was the point person for this subject, for the party, et cetera, et cetera, right? So his career was managed and so you could look to him, to being a spokesperson for the CCP and what they were doing. Anyway, so in 70, 96, he comes out with the or in the 90s, he comes out with this book that is unrestricted warfare and it's how the Chinese are going to bring down the west.

And they're going to do it with a bio weapon. They're going to do it by having 40 years of destroying our culture ahead of time so that we can't fight the bioweapon, because we'll be hamstrung by them having captured the power elite and all of our institutions, including especially including the media, which will allow them to control our response to the bioweapon, so that nobody will ever know that the chinese released it and they won't have to worry about it. The reason that they need to do this, by the way, is stated in the 90s, because in the 90s it's recognized that they've got a food issue, right? So in the CCP recognizes that their population levels will inevitably lead to a food crises. This food crises is known to be connected to the definitive food crises.

It's known to be connected to solar system changes and a grand solar minimum. So the CCP knew in the 90s that it wasn't going to be global warming. They knew that there would come a time when they were going to be facing basically, as I've been saying, since the year 2000 or so Ice Age. And they were prepared for the impact, they were preparing for the impact of the food crisis on their population. And so if we fast forward to today, we have them facing that food crises now.

And so look at what they've done through all of this period of time. They've worked and built the three gorgeous dam. They'd tried to do everything they could for their version, their understanding of meeting the demands that would place the CCP under stress. The stress being the revolt of the populace. Bear in mind, the CCP is not China.

Chinese populace hates the CCP, not with a vengeance, but they hate them with a grumble. And it's those grumbles that destroy you. So the Soviet Union fell apart. None of the people there in the, in the former Soviet Union can stand the thought of communism because they all grumbled under it for so many generations. And it is constant bitching and wearing on.

You just can't stand it. You just won't have it. And so it's even worse than being hating it with a vengeance. But at this stage here in the 1990s. The CCP recognizes they're going to have to feed their populace, or the populace rebels.

And they also recognize that there was some unknown period of time and that we're going to reach this grand solar minimum and its effects, and we're having those effects now. These effects started for the Chinese, for the CCP, in a serious way in 2020 with the loss of approximately one third of all of their crops. This is due to the climate change in the form of floods, primarily floods that year in 2020. But also in this year, we're having another repeat of that. We'd had another repeat of that with major floods.

Three gorgeous dam is even now being threatened. All that whole region is underwater. Cities are being impacted. There's a great deal of cost involved in the floods, even for that part of the flood. That doesn't impact the food.

But the food is the primary part in 2020. The Chinese CCP, which is the CCP, works like nobody on this planet to hide faults. Communism always wants to hide their faults. It's got to be the pristine, shining example kind of thing, right? But anyway, so in in 2020, the Chinese told their populace, CCP told the Chinese populace, tighten your belts, go down to two meals a day.

Don't eat so much. No food waste. No food waste. No food waste. And they sort of struggled through, but they also had to buy food on the market, and that really hit their financial reserves, which is where we're another thing that we're leading into.

And so now we're up to the point where this year it's projected that it will be greater than one half of all their crops will have failed. Okay? And that appears to be fairly accurate based on the amount of flooding and damage that we've got so far. So the CCP is in a world of hurt relative to their population, because if one half of their crops go, that means one half of their population can't be fed. That means 700 million people that have nothing to lose in attempting to overturn the CCP and, you know, and get food, that kind of thing, right?

So they've got a real serious problem in an ordinary year. So back in 2016, there were 75,000 plus known riots in greater China, and that's just an ordinary year. By the time we get up to 2019, the 75,000 has gone up into 120,000, just in the breakdown of things. Now, in 2021, not only are the crops gone, but they're into this electricity issue because they foolishly cut their ties to Australian coal. And so now they're into electricity rationing, which is affecting their output, affecting all different kinds of stuff in the structure of the society.

But they backed them, the CCP backed themselves into a corner because they're about to go to war with Australia, the Us and Britain, and they were genting up nationalistic fervor and took a moral stance, a national moral stance. It wasn't moral at all but they're pretending to it against Australia relative to the coal and internal issues in China. And China needs an external enemy now desperately, okay? They need this desperately so that CCP does not become the enemy of the people. If that happens, they're really screwed.

So they've got their crop failures and as a result of the way that everything's going here, we've also got the financial system failing. Now the financial system is crashing. The financial system, bear in mind, is created by the power elite, for the power elite, and it is an independent, structured, invented thing. And this here is crashing independent of all of the rest of the stuff going on here. But we could expect in the ordinary course of things to have a depression.

When you get into grand solar minimums because you're not producing as many crops, you don't have as many new people, usually the birth rates fall, all of these kind of things and there's less activity. Sun powers everything on the planet. So if we're having lower sun output then we're going to have lower economic output. It just goes along with that and we could be expecting that. So we could have expected a financial depression.

But now we're in the very end days of a fiat currency system that basically was began in 171 when nixon took us off the gold standard and then shortly after announced he was going to go and chat with the Chinese communists. And so we've been on this new petro dollar system since 1972 and we're now coming to its end. Curious how it all ties in with all of this stuff from the geophysical year 1950, 719, 58. But our financial system is now actually failing because the petrol dollar has been, we've been dedolarized as much as possible. The Chinese have sold off all kinds of assets, dollar assets, treasuries, all of these kind of things.

They're actually in the process of double crossing the power elite globally. They don't want the power elite, they were only in league with them to sucker them in, so to speak and that sort of a deal. So it was a sucker play. And they're in the process of reneging on all of these agreements because this CCP doesn't have a moral stance, they don't play fair, they don't honor contract law or any law, that sort of thing. Right.

Anyway though, so Chinese though, this is what's prompting a lot of the Chinese activity is this desperate race against starvation that leads to such social chaos that even the CCP with its enforcement arms won't be able to maintain order. And the CCP will collapse in whole or in part. And I suspect that if it starts collapsing in parts it will go in whole in relatively short order. But what we're looking at here now is this state of flux we've got going here. So that was the east view, right?

That's the view from China. China's got a food problem. They need to take over the United States. They need the physical land of the United States. So they made a deal with Russia back probably back this far in the they made a deal with Russia, and Russia was going to get Alaska and a big chunk of Canada.

And China was going to get newfoundland, New brunswick and all of North America down into northern basically about the top half of Mexico as well. And China needs this area for food production in order to basically turn all of the North American continent into a giant farm to ship food to China. The idea is, if you read into their literature, that the han Chinese propose a Chinese only planet with the exception of a few slave races, they seem to favor slave races out of Africa. And that's kind of the idea. But in the last few years that there seems to be a lot of souring on that.

But the idea was that they would keep their Asian phenotypically related cohorts around as they decided which ones were good and which ones were bad. But they wanted to get rid of all the whites totally and all indigenous population except in Africa. They would keep black people as a reposit, as a breeding ground for slaves. That was that's the idea of the han Chinese. And so it'd be a Chinese only world.

And in order to accomplish this, they had this particular plant, one of the things that they're desperately requiring and they knew back in the 70s when they were dealing with nixon and they may have even sort of alluded to the idea with the power elite when they were sucking the power elite in our Western power elite. But they need the Us as a breadbasket. They need to be able to grow crops here on all of these acres and support China to provide food there. Failing that, they've got a world of hurt because they know that outside of that and maybe Australia, but Australia's got real issues relative to climate. And see, this brings it all back to climate here, which we began with in 1955 because something occurred that got them started on this geophysical year with a serious amount of effort.

A lot of money went into it in a very unexpected way just so suddenly. Anyway, so now here we are back with climate forcing the Chinese to starve or go to war. That's what's at that's where we're at today.

China's got real world of hurt. Okay, they are not yet through their entire flooding season. The Three Gorgeous Dam is under a great deal of pressure. All of their central Yellow River valleys all the way up into the northwest are under pressure with a lot of water. Our climate has changed because of the grand solar minimum.

It has changed such that I believe that we hit the grand solar Minimum started in 2020, probably very early 2020. And as a result of that, we know we've got four, maybe five years in which we're going to have these transition effects before we get into full on observable ice age. All right? These transition effects will be very short summers, very hot, potentially in peak periods in the summer, but basically a bland summer, but reasonably short. So that impacts the crops even more.

You just don't have the light, you just don't have the growing capacity. And then in addition to that, we're going to have these longer periods of colder weather that will have a peak that we will call winter, but it'll be basically it's just a much colder day today than it has been in the last few months, that sort of thing, right? So we'll just ease into the winter and then hardly come out for a very brief, sort of almost violent summer and then back into winter. We'll do this for four or five years and then we're going to go into the period of time that we could see replicated in the minimums of the past. So we might see the thames River freeze, we might see the potomac freeze, we might see all of the outer edges of the chesapeake Bay heaped with snow ice or sea ice from the frozen froth of ice there as the ocean actually gets frosty.

So we might see that level of intensity. We will certainly see a great deal of freezing to depth in much wider areas. So this freezing is going to affect the breadbasket area here in the United States that's in North America. That sort of was in the plans of the CCP, but I don't think they recognized exactly how bad it's going to be. The issue around this whole thing is that the larger land mass of the eurasian continent, so all the way from the bayabisque in France, all the way over to Hong Kong, that width of that giant mass of land is what's going to suffer the greatest effects in the Grand Solar Minimum.

Just because that deep center core part of the land, the ural Mountains, the Caucus Mountains, the top part of the himalayas, all of these kinds of things that all merge into that area are going to hold that temperature, the cold, and be less heated up. And so there'll be longer periods of more fierce weather as a result. Everything from ice storms, giant rainstorms and this sort of thing. It's the rainstorms that are killing China now because it the when the sun goes into these Grand Solar Minimums, the corona actually shrinks. And so it goes from 5000 degrees kelvin and it'll shrink down to 3000 degrees kelvin, which is both a measure of temperature and is a measure of actually physically a dimension, a size here relative to the sun.

So the corona, the massive spiky thing that we see in the sky, will shrink and the. Sun will become visibly smaller. In so doing, lots of cosmic rays get to go around because the sun's magnetic influences shrunk. This magnetic influence we used to act as a net and capture a bunch of the cosmic rays. They're going to come around and hit the planets that are being drugged behind the sun as they do so they're going to cause what's known as nucleation.

That is a cosmic ray is going to go zinging through our atmosphere and set off a bunch of individual particles within the atmosphere because it'll be going so fast, it's kinetic energy will minorly transfer to some of these particles as it goes zipping down into the core of our planet where it'll be captured by the planet's plasma. But these extra cosmic rays come on in and in causing this nucleation, they cause clouds to form. So we're going to have a whole bunch more clouds forming. Further, they go down and they smack into the middle of the planet and they rip holes all the way through the cosmic ray, rips holes all the way down to the middle of the planet and will impact such energetic processes as is volcanoes. Further, the cosmic rays, if they increase in too much intensity, will cause the plasma in the middle of our planet to grow because they don't go through the plasma, they get captured because of its intense magnetic capacitance.

So they get captured there at some point. This causes the plasma to swell up, to actually become larger. Its physical, larger mass causes matter to have to shift in order to accommodate that plasma, causing all of the effects in the Earth, basically the expando Earth process that results in all these earthquakes and volcanoes all coincidentally going off at the same time as we enter into these grand solar minimums. This can be expected to dampen down over the course of maybe 40 or 50 years as we get into the grand solar minimum. But it'll be energetically a very active time for some considerable time, a couple of generations maybe.

There's no way for us to predict it, although the scientists think they have a handle on how long this grand solar minimum will be in any event. So all these things are coincident, right? They're all coincident with the current financial system crash.

Excuse me. All right. So China, in its unrestricted, unreserved total warfare against the west, had to do everything it could to avoid any kind of damage to the United States, to the actual physical farmland. So they can't throw nukes at us. We're safe from Chinese nukes.

Who knew, right? Because they need the property. So they need to get rid of the people, not the property. They don't want to damage the property. And they can't do things like the neutron bomb.

They can't use a neutron bomb, they can't use an emp. The reason being is that the interconnectedness of all of the aquifers along the North American plate basically forms it into three groups, and there's nuke plants in each of these areas. And if you use an emp device or you use a neutron bomb, all the nuke plants are going to melt down, and they'll have chernobyls right down into the aquifer. And then nothing will be able to live here. Nothing will be able to grow here for hundreds of years.

And so defeats the point of the Chinese attacking us at all. So they can't use a giant emp device and disable our electricity, because we need electricity on the grid in order to run the electric systems for the nuke plants. We need those nuke plants to be whole and complete and not have their electricity damaged. So it's a real complex problem for the Chinese. They need the people gone.

They want, you know, 200 million bare minimum, 200 million Americans gone. And they and they prefer to have most of us gone, you know, just so they can mop up with their soldiers. But they can't do an invasion because we're all armed. And they can't use large people clearing kinetic weapons like emp devices. So, for instance, if they do an emp device and were to shut down everything, 80% of Americans would die in the first year, as we didn't have the parts to repair our electrical infrastructure.

Couldn't even get water out of wells, couldn't flush sewage because the sewage systems couldn't pump, and all of this kind of thing. And so it would be a massive hell hole here real quick. But as far as the Chinese are concerned, they don't care about that because the Chinese don't want to come and live here so much as they would just want to come and farm here.

But they can't really do any kind of damage that would risk damaging the nuke plants. It's a very precarious kind of a takeover. They've got to engineer. They've got to have our society crash down just enough to the point where we're not a problem, and they can come on in and take over the nuke plants and then wipe out the rest of us. And they don't want us to collapse so much that we let all the nuke plants and shit go ahead of that and pollute the whole area.

So delicate balance, right? I mean, it was a real tough task, and they've been planning and they've been working at it, fucking up a lot. But anyway, and so that brings us to their attack. Okay? And so they released COVID that wasn't the plan.

That wasn't the weapon, really. All right? The Spike protein is the weapon.

It's complicated. But our power elites handed to the Chinese blackmail material, and the Chinese took it and blackmailed them, got them involved in the whole plan. They're captured just the way our media is captured, the courts are captured, congress is captured, and the electoral processes, our processes are captured and Biden is captured. All this shit's been captured by the Chinese because they actually have taken over our medium level global elite minions in concert with the upper high level global elites, the illuminati, the real deep state players. But a lot of our deep state players are now captured by the Chinese.

They were fuckers and evil anyway, so it doesn't matter much. They're still doing their fuckery and their evilness, but now they're doing it for the Chinese, on the behalf of the Chinese, where before they weren't really so much anyway, though. So now we've got the media captured. They've released their bioweapon. They've stolen our elections digitally and through other fraud, both nationally and regionally since 2004.

They've captured the congress, the courts, the executives, all of the school systems. They've had us elect, appoint, incompetent military leaders. They've deliberately had us do foreign policy errors, giving away all this stuff and withdrawing out of Afghanistan that way, that sort of thing, right? They're going to have us do a lot more of it. This isn't done.

This is all part of their plan. They've got us on a supply system failure that they're engineering now, right? There's no real reason for the supply system to fail. They're just engineering it all because they got to get us all out now because of what's going on in their world relative to 2021. And if we hit 2022 and there isn't a resolution, then they know for sure in 2022, which is another one of these four years of transition, maybe five, they will have more floods, three gorgeous dam will be under greater pressure.

It may go. And even if it doesn't, they're going to have so much in the way of floods and damage that they will harvest maybe only one third of their crops, as opposed to losing a third and then losing half. Maybe they'll lose two thirds of their crops in 2022, which means they've got to take food from somebody else, somewhere, some way, and they're not willing to pay for it. Plus, they've got giant electricity problems now that are affecting their whole economy, and they've got to get over it. But they've engineered a problem with the giant electricity issue because their release of COVID put all of Australia on lockdown, created the problem with the captured, their version of captured congress and power elite in Australia, they're also captured by the Chinese.

Chinese have captured them everywhere. And that's the only way that this works. The only way this works is if nobody knows the Chinese attacked us, if nobody knows the CCP deliberately released the bioweapon. That's why they work so hard with falky and all the other fuckers, all the captured, blackmailed employees of the United States government. That's why the Chinese and the CCP and all of these fuckers worked so hard to try and engineer it so that we would not understand that this bioweapon was deliberately released.

Because if we can all point to China, then this plan does not work. It only works if we think it's ongoing, it's natural and organic, and that our power elites are just fucking up. It only works if we just think Biden is so fucking stupid and dementia written that he's doing this for our health because he believes that as opposed to deliberately crashing our health care system so that many more people will die in the United States in this coming year in North America. It only works if we don't know that the Chinese have told Trudeau to stop Canadians from going over the border so that they can kill them in Canada and they don't want to. It's got to isolate all the countries.

You can't know what's going on in all the other countries. It pisses them off that we know what's going on to some degree in Australia, just as it pisses them off that all the other countries are now forming, all the populists are now forming these interrelated bonds of common suffering under the CCP attack on the whole fucking planet. So they attacked the whole fucking planet. They had a deal with Russia, but now Russia is reneged on it because Russia didn't want to really go on it anyway. They were just sucking them into this position where they could see if the Chinese are going to get if the Chinese come to Russia and they say, hey, we're going to attack the United States, you all in.

And the Russia says, oh, sure, yeah, we'll go along with you. It's kind of like yosemite Sam saying, yeah, I'll go along with you, because he's just going to go along with you to see what the fuck happens, right? So Russia is going to say, sure, you go ahead and attack. We'll be right behind you there. And they're not right, because Chinese are as much of a problem to the russians as they are to us.

Sooner or later, the Chinese have to have Russia for the same reasons that they have to have the United States. Once their population gets so large, they have to have the resources that are inherent in these large land masses in spite of who may occupy them. So the irony of all of this is one of the many ironies is that the CCP uses the 1619 project and the terms decolonization and all of these other racist terms when the han Chinese are the most racist fuckers everywhere, anywhere, at any time, and they want to colonize all of the planet and do away with all the indigenous population. And so here they are using the irony is just it's delicious from a universal level, right? So continuing on our litany of stuff here, we've got civil disobedience in the cities, we've got supply system failures ongoing right now, and all of this shit is going to get worse as we go forward.

But I'm of the opinion that none of this stuff is going to work out the way that the global elite and the CCP want all right? And that's because there was in 1963, we have in the Kennedy assassination, we have this sock that forms a self organizing collective, and that group has been carrying forward through time. And it put Trump in place here in the 2016 election by making sure that the CCP could not steal it the way that they had in 2008 and 2004. 2004 was primarily about electing secretaries of State and people in county offices. So they must have elected 30,000 I don't know, shitloads of people in 2004 and 2008 at very reasonably low levels.

Then 2008, it was to get Obama in. He was supposed to take out our guns. That was the thing, was to do away with the Second Amendment practically by taking all of our guns. And so we had a bunch of massacres, the way that they had a massacre in Australia that allowed the government to coerce everybody and manipulate everybody into giving up their rifles and their guns and stuff right here. It didn't work.

They wanted it going and going and going, and they went at it for eight years and it didn't work. It was because it was being derailed by the soc. Throughout this whole time, the soc was working against the CCP and the obamas on that particular item. The soc has been pro Second Amendment because it needs to be there to protect us. At this point, CCP will not invade as long as the populace of this this continent has weapons, because they face a huge logistic problem getting all of their troops over here with enough in their bellies to be able to fight and enough material to fight.

Although we gave them $85 billion worth of material, a lot of it, the afghanis are just selling on the open market to whoever wants to buy it. So I'm going to get on ebay and go looking for some stuff. But anyway, the CCP can't do the logistics to invade. Well, the CCP, the Chinese, especially the CCP, don't do well outside their own borders, so they can't really invade the United States with populace here armed, the only way they can invade to come across the border is under the guise of UN troops that will only get them so far. Sooner or later, we'll shoot UN troops.

We don't give a shit. I don't care if it's a white helmet or not. If you're an oppressive fascist CCP fucker, I'm going to shoot you, right? And you're doing shit here in my country. I'm going to shoot you.

And so they know that. So they've got to get rid of our guns. So now the thing is that their approach was to have us go to war with North Korea and have North Korea nominally win the war, and we would be sold to us by our captured press and our media that we had actually lost. They would tell us tons and tons of lies and show boats being sunk and all different kinds of stuff. And we would have lost the war.

And so then we would surrender our Constitution, which of course gets rid of the Second Amendment and all of that. And then the Chinese would just come in and take over. That was kind of the pickup plan after they didn't get Hillary in because Hillary was supposed to do all that in her eight years. So now they're way behind. They got to get this shit moving up because of all of this crap happening to the Chinese.

So it turns out to be hunger that made everybody move early and is propelling them this fast is because it's the hunger of the Chinese. Bellies right, and because it's going to cause the CCP real serious problems as we go forward. Anyway, so the sock is in here and it's causing problems on its own to the CCP. And so throughout 2016 to 2020, the Trump team with the soc did a whole lot of stuff that impacted their ability to steal the election and made them work like all hell. And it was a sting.

It's a sting. They wanted them to have to work. They put obstacles in their way and then watched them work and then watch them and then videotaped it, captured it, et cetera, so that they'd have proof of them working the plan to take over the United States and all of this. So we've been invaded. So we now have war ongoing, all right?

It's subtle war. It's declared war on the part of the Chinese. We just didn't recognize it. And now it had to be shown that all these participants, all of this shit here, was in fact isolated so that it could be shown by the soc as all being part of the CCP in their evil plot against us. Now we're going to have to come up to recognize that CCP has a legit problem, which is all these starving people in China.

So at some point, the whole world has to participate in getting us all through this grand solar minimum. We've all got to come together. But I'm of the opinion right now that we are at this point that I call flux woo, where we're in the flux of it and the paradigm is going to go and then it's just going to be all woo. And so we're right there. It's going to be sinking this month, in October.

That's why this video okay, so I've done recent videos here. I've done one with Sam tripoli. He said he was going to release it on his main channel at some point. So I've done some of these others. I've got one more, but I've got a lot of stuff to do because we're in the flux woo and I've got to get things settled.

So I'll be basically away from doing videos for some time. Might be a couple of days. And then a video but it might also be a couple of weeks, depending on how things are going to break around here relative to the many projects I've got going. Okay, so there's a couple of things about the mainstream media and where we're at here. All right, so we saw I should be like Jean claude.

I should have these images ready and do all of that, but I can do it, or I could document it, not both. So we saw recently an image that went viral of this very interesting shape that appeared to be sort of a stealth aircraft. And it was on a trailer. It wasn't flying or anything, and it looked like a really weird, nearly organic manta ray kind of a shape, and it looked very much like a ufo. No obvious signs of propulsion or any damn thing on it.

No propellers, no wings, no obvious sign for throwing hot gases out the ass of it to propel forward. But it looks like it's got that same stealth material. It appeared to be a leak. I think it was a deliberate plant. Okay, so what I think happened was that the sock told the CCP that you can't afford to fuck with us.

That I think the soc is telling the CCP that the soc is aware of this issue and is telling the CCP by revealing that shape, that you can't afford to fuck with us because we've got technology that's 50 or 100 years ahead of you. And if we go to war, physical kinetic war, where we're going to try and shoot bullets at each other as opposed to nuclear bombs, because they don't still don't want to destroy the farmland or pollute the aquifers or harm the nuke plants. They need the nuke plants for electricity, for their farming effort and stuff. Right? So they need that part of the structure.

But anyway, I think the sock, it was telling them through that release that we've got shit here that will wipe you off the face of the planet if you do this, if you move it. We don't want to do it, but we're prepared to do it, and we're ready to do it, and we've been ready to do it, and we've got the gear to do it. So a lot of this sort of makes sense. In a weird kind of way, it makes sense about the the sock allowing biden people to do the $85 billion dump of gear to China, especially if it's now outdated gear, especially if it's gear that we could defeat ourselves with our new gear that works on principles that are beyond the current understanding of the physics that these people are operating under. They're still working for hypersonic, okay?

They're working on hypersonic missiles. That means missiles that can break the sound barrier, go faster than 770 miles an hour and come and hit you with something. But still, that is throwing a rock at someone. Fundamentally, it is a projectile weapon. These projectile weapons, even hypersonic missiles, depend on generating some form of gas, ionic or hot or electrically separated gas and shooting it out the back end in order to go forward.

So they're all still the same projectile technology that you would get from the V two rockets in World War II, right? The same sort of projectile technology that is inherent in a musket gun in any rifle. So what if there's something beyond that? What if there's something that works in a magnetic level, say, where you're here or you're there, and you can decide halfway between which one you're going to be in in that same millisecond anyway. So it puts the Chinese in a real world of hurt.

Okay? I'm not trying to get sympathy for the Chinese. I'm trying to get sympathy for the Chinese populace who've suffered for decades now under the CCP. And the CCP has killed more people than anybody. They killed more people than stalin.

But I'm not trying to get sympathy for the Chinese communists because they've been engineering all of this, nor am I trying to get sympathy for the deep state. But I understand what is motivating them and why we are here now at this point of flux. And so flux in the meditative sense, in the sense of meditation, is described by I forget the name now, somerset mom, as in the title of his book on the Razor's Edge. The razor's edge. Okay.

And so there's a bunch of things you can observe about being on the razor's edge. It's easy to follow one side, easy following the other. It's so thin that the value of balance becomes exquisite, especially when that value of balance is inherently painful because you're riding on the razor's edge the entire time and you've got to always be active. It can't be a passive kind of a thing. So this is flux.

This is in a meditative sense, the flux is the edge of the katana, right?

In aikido, there's a lot of meditative processes, right? misogy, purification, all of these different kinds of routines for meditation. A lot of these things derive from sword arts. In the kind of aikido I practiced, there was this stuff called Ayato bato OK, which is the long katana, the long samurai sword. And in that tradition of using those and learning how to use the live blades and stuff, you do do meditation.

In the meditation, you're supposed to actually meditate on the sword itself for all these different reasons, right? And so you meditate again on that edge and you get to understand the edge and so on. Well, we're right there now. We're at that point of flux where in, in meditating there's always that the point of maintaining that balance of control of the thought such that it doesn't go one way or it doesn't go the other. So that you maintain the vision of the edge and not think about the edge that you're aware of the edge and not think about the edge.

And so it's all of these various different aspects of an incredible precise need for balance in order to maintain the focus and the continuation of the meditation. That's where the CCP finds itself. Now, the soc is not riding the razor's edge here. The CCP is writing the razor's edge and they don't have the skill, okay? They don't have the moral grounds, nor do they have the skill to do this.

And the CCP is losing. I think many of them recognize that they are losing and recognize that they're in a world of hurt. But between now and that world of hurt lies a couple of years. And so they're not that desperate just yet, but they suspect that we've got technology that's 50, 8100 years ahead of them. They suspect that we've had these breakthroughs because of a bunch of things that the Sock has done over these past few years.

And the saka is doing this in order to minimize the amount of physical damage to humans that would result from a CCP physical war against the west. Even then, the CCP is constrained because they need the actual physical ground and they need to kill the people. That's why they are going to do the bioweapon thing. Now, here's the problem, okay? So the bioweapon is a coronavirus that's got all the little spikes off of it, right?

And that's what you see all the time. And what you need to understand is that the falki and his buddies put 17 spikes that's not 17, but they put 17 spikes on a coronavirus. The coronavirus is the flu. A coronavirus is the common cold. These are not deadly things unless you're very weak, right?

Unless you're aged and you have no immune system or immune compromise. These are not problems. But the spike proteins that they put on the coronavirus are toxins, deadly toxins. So the CCP could not engineer the CCP because of the fact that they are han Chinese and because of the way that they think of things. They thought all of the planet had the same, basically physiological, statistically.

They think that all of the humans on the planet, outside of the fact that we have variants, are basically going to be variant slightly different from the han Chinese. They don't recognize how hugely humans vary in our bodies. Okay? So the han Chinese were working on this theory, as was falki and all of these other fuckers, that this virus was going to kill us, that it was going to kill 13 out of 14 humans. And the reason that we were working on that theory, the reason that they had those kind of numbers and stuff, is because it would kill 13 out of 14 Chinese.

Because Chinese are so avoidant of the sun as a racial subgroup on the planet, they do everything they can to avoid the sun. And because they're extremely low in vitamin D and because the CCP thought of vitamin D as being sufficient level as being 14 to 18 nanograms per milliliter. Okay? And so 14 for white guys, for big white guys, you get rickets if you're down that low. Takes twelve to get that.

If you're a smaller Chinese person, it just has something to do with the body mass. So they didn't recognize that that's rickets level, that 14 to 18 is not healthy. But all of their engineering relative to the coronavirus said it should be extremely deadly, which we know almost all the people that were dying of, and are dying of any kind of attack from COVID are dying with 20 or less nanograms per milliliter of vitamin D in their system. But it's like, okay, but if you've got 47 or higher, you're immune to the coronavirus and thus immune to the spike protein. The spike protein cannot harm you from the coronavirus.

If you have that much vitamin D, if you have that much vitamin D, spike protein, even from the vaccinated individuals that are shedding this stuff can't harm you. It may cause irritation, but it won't kill you. You won't get really, really sick. You may have to get rid of it. If you're around them a lot, you may build up in your system.

You may have to take ivory mechan to flush it out because of its antiviral properties and so on, which bind up the spike proteins. But absent coming back around in contact with them, you have no real problem because your system is healthy. So you're dealing with an environmental irritant at that point, not a disease state caused by that environmental irritant. So people with very low vitamin D get the disease state. People with very high vitamin D exposed to vaccinated, people get an irritation that can be cleared out.

All right? So now the CCP and the powers that be get to the point where they have to do something to get the bioweapon activated, because they realized after its first release in 2019 in the military games that it wasn't going to do any good. And so they put it into the injection so it goes into the vacs so that they can inject it directly into the victims. But then there's this delicate balance they've got to run, okay? They can't just keep injecting these strange mixtures into us and have us die right there.

You see people dying right there in the injection centers where they had these big collective injection centers. People would die, fall over, keel over. Some people would come and shake their legs, and everybody pretends they're alive and then they'd haul them off, right? And they would just die right there. A certain number of people died right on the spot from these injections, so they had to water the process down, because they can't have us all taking all the injections and dying, because if we die too soon, rest of the people aren't going to.

Take the injections, right? So there has to be enough of a time lag that we don't connect all these people dying to the injections. Now, all the paranoid people like me, we follow patterns. We see it. We see all the patterns of people dying.

We know what's going on. It's a death agenda, this kind of thing. It's a depopulation agenda. So they're doing that now. They've got to really run and push and try and get all of this stuff done because their whole thing is breaking down.

All of their stuff is breaking down because the sock is in play and has come out of the washer and the socket or out of the dryer and has been doing stuff here relative to countering the ccp and all of these plans. The ccp's plans were a little bit flaky anyway, along with the power elite. These people don't live in a real good solid understanding of reality anyway. And they're pressured by their own fear of death and being overtaken by the Chinese populace, all of these kind of things anyway. So they released the bio weapon.

Now they're talking about the next marg virus or they're talking about yada yadavirus or whatever, the new super bioweapon. You will hear a lot of people, and I'm going to shut up real here real quick. You'll hear a lot of people that will fall into this mindset. All right? So the truism is that marburg virus is no more deadly than coronavirus to a healthy immune system.

Individual weaponized, smallpox is no more deadly than coronavirus to a healthy immune system. All of these viri, all of them require an immune system that is degraded to the point where an individual cell is both receptive and permissive. It has to receive the virus on its surface, meaning that that cell has to have a net positive charge relative to the virus. If it has a net negative charge relative to the virus, a discharge happens and the virus is destroyed. Vitamin D controls that process.

It controls whether or not a cell is receptive. If you have enough vitamin D in your system, none of your cells are receptive to any virus. Okay? Then there also has to be permissive. The center of the cell has to give permission to do the work of replicating that virus.

Again. Vitamin D is in charge of the transcript phase process and because of all the pro hormone stuff it does, it is basically in charge of that process that the vaccine intrudes on with the mRNA or with the spike protein in any other form. But the mRNA specifically is involved in the transcription process which is under the control of your healthy immune system with vitamin D. If it's not healthy, if it doesn't have the adequate vitamin D, then individual cells don't have a connection to the overall system and they break down and they allow a virus to take them over. And that's how you get an infection.

But a virus, no virus is more strong than any other virus against a healthy immune system. This is something they don't want to tell you. There is this virus that has a 70% lethality rate, even more lethal than weaponized smallpox. This, this is a NEPA virus and it only had that 75 70% fatality rate against people that were spelunkers, that were Japanese, that had low vitamin D. And so it killed a bunch of people that spent all their time sleeping during the day and exploring caves when they were not sleeping right, these students.

And so it killed them because they all had low vitamin D. So NEPA virus is no more communicable than any other virus. No virus has the ability to be more transmissible from one person to another than any other virus. They all operate on these same two principles of receptivity and permissiveity. So if your cells are not receptive, it doesn't matter how communicable that particular variant or which is hoax anyway may be, if your cells are replete with vitamin D, you cannot be involved in that particular virus process that leads to disease.

And so this is something they don't really want to tell you. You get your vitamin D, weigh the hell up there and your immune system takes over and you're 100% fundamentally, you're basically immune anyway. Now, things like stress and all these other kind of factors can lower your vitamin D. Vitamin D is very volatile. It can be cut in half in four days without sunlight.

So you need to supplement. So you need to keep it up. So you got to work at it. But if you've got it in there, you could walk around in whole seas of virus and it would never be a problem. And in fact you do.

Our oceans have more virus in them than any other thing excepting water, any other life form or near life form anyway. So this is a long damn one then a few days. So at this point, what we're going to see over this next period of time is that the main key linchpin of the powers that be in the ccp is the press. They're the ones that are keeping all of this bullshit going and they're dying now and they're going to really have a major casualty here real quick by the third week or within the third week of October, which is just a couple of weeks away. When that happens, everything changes.

The whole dynamic changes. Things start changing here and the sock can get a lot more stuff done because they're not constantly running into this battle in the information wars. They'll be able to flood the place with information and change minds very rapidly because they won't have a whole lot of pushback to the information that they'll be providing to us. At that point. Things will change fairly rapidly.

It will take a month or so, so it'll be through November and december. And I think by the time we get into January we will have confirmation that the soc has indeed engineered all of this stuff to the point where we have our first ability to take a deep breath and relax a bit. Okay, we're going to win this. It's going to be ugly but we're going to survive and we'll be able to pull out of this right, a lot of challenges, huge amounts of challenges. Not trying to minimize the amount of work we're going through or any of the other problems that are going to hit us but I think it'll we'll be able to do it as soon as we get the mainstream media completely caput and we're off on our own and we're not dealing with their mind pollution right?

Once you get that out of the way, then you can get your key adjusted, your attitude right and get to work and start cleaning some of this stuff up because a lot of it is entirely addressable by us and it'll be fun. We'll get to clean up all of this stuff and cover a lot of history and things and fix it and then the Ice age happens. So for instance, we got food crop failures here in the Us. But we don't have to have crop failures. We can seize lands from Bill Gate, he bought all this farmland.

Well, if they seize him and take all of his assets because he's in league with these fuckers and he's a, you know, non military combatant, you know, an active combatant, an insurrectionist, well, then they take his assets and okay, then we have all this farmland restored and we can go ahead and put it back to work and so on. We can change things fairly rapidly. We have to recognize, I think, that we're adults. And my point was a lot of this stuff relates to weather and climate and starts in 1955 and 1956 and of course maybe it's all really related to 1947 and the reason that we're going to be getting out of this is because of that weird shape of some kind of an aircraft, spacecraft or sub ocean craft. I'll bring that up in a second.

That came to us and also part of that geophysical year. And so maybe our ufo buddies and all of our woo woo and that kind of shit is part of our pulling ourselves out of this, part of our self rescue on all of this. So one last item is that there was a part of the Stokett report in 2016 I did that relates to submarines and undersea efforts and ocean activity running into problems and hitting obstacles and stuff. It's actually happening now. We've got submarines that are running into problems.

I think a lot of it relates to well, some of it relates to the expando earth, but some of it also significantly I think is relating to basically uaps or usps underseas or unknown underseas craft this kind of thing because they're going to cause problems in a particular way that I think that we're seeing some signs of. And we know that at this particular point there's a lot more ufos showing up or being or trucking around. Right? And that we also know, because the military is talking about it, that the ufos are indeed a genuine mystery. It's not a conspiracy, it's not a mental aberration, it's not a delusion, it's not a hallucination.

It is a genuine mystery at many different levels. Like most of life. Anyway. That's it. This is a long one.

Sorry about that, guys. Live long and prosper and we're in the flux now.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.